WO2014061215A1 - Phase difference film, circular polarization plate and organic el display manufactured using phase difference film - Google Patents
Phase difference film, circular polarization plate and organic el display manufactured using phase difference film Download PDFInfo
- Publication number
- WO2014061215A1 WO2014061215A1 PCT/JP2013/005854 JP2013005854W WO2014061215A1 WO 2014061215 A1 WO2014061215 A1 WO 2014061215A1 JP 2013005854 W JP2013005854 W JP 2013005854W WO 2014061215 A1 WO2014061215 A1 WO 2014061215A1
- Authority
- WO
- WIPO (PCT)
- Prior art keywords
- group
- film
- retardation
- acid
- additive
- Prior art date
- Legal status (The legal status is an assumption and is not a legal conclusion. Google has not performed a legal analysis and makes no representation as to the accuracy of the status listed.)
- Ceased
Links
Images
Classifications
-
- G—PHYSICS
- G02—OPTICS
- G02B—OPTICAL ELEMENTS, SYSTEMS OR APPARATUS
- G02B5/00—Optical elements other than lenses
- G02B5/30—Polarising elements
- G02B5/3083—Birefringent or phase retarding elements
-
- C—CHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
- C08—ORGANIC MACROMOLECULAR COMPOUNDS; THEIR PREPARATION OR CHEMICAL WORKING-UP; COMPOSITIONS BASED THEREON
- C08L—COMPOSITIONS OF MACROMOLECULAR COMPOUNDS
- C08L1/00—Compositions of cellulose, modified cellulose or cellulose derivatives
- C08L1/08—Cellulose derivatives
- C08L1/10—Esters of organic acids, i.e. acylates
- C08L1/12—Cellulose acetate
-
- C—CHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
- C08—ORGANIC MACROMOLECULAR COMPOUNDS; THEIR PREPARATION OR CHEMICAL WORKING-UP; COMPOSITIONS BASED THEREON
- C08J—WORKING-UP; GENERAL PROCESSES OF COMPOUNDING; AFTER-TREATMENT NOT COVERED BY SUBCLASSES C08B, C08C, C08F, C08G or C08H
- C08J5/00—Manufacture of articles or shaped materials containing macromolecular substances
- C08J5/18—Manufacture of films or sheets
-
- C—CHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
- C08—ORGANIC MACROMOLECULAR COMPOUNDS; THEIR PREPARATION OR CHEMICAL WORKING-UP; COMPOSITIONS BASED THEREON
- C08K—Use of inorganic or non-macromolecular organic substances as compounding ingredients
- C08K5/00—Use of organic ingredients
- C08K5/0008—Organic ingredients according to more than one of the "one dot" groups of C08K5/01 - C08K5/59
-
- C—CHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
- C08—ORGANIC MACROMOLECULAR COMPOUNDS; THEIR PREPARATION OR CHEMICAL WORKING-UP; COMPOSITIONS BASED THEREON
- C08K—Use of inorganic or non-macromolecular organic substances as compounding ingredients
- C08K5/00—Use of organic ingredients
- C08K5/16—Nitrogen-containing compounds
- C08K5/34—Heterocyclic compounds having nitrogen in the ring
- C08K5/35—Heterocyclic compounds having nitrogen in the ring having also oxygen in the ring
- C08K5/357—Six-membered rings
-
- C—CHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
- C08—ORGANIC MACROMOLECULAR COMPOUNDS; THEIR PREPARATION OR CHEMICAL WORKING-UP; COMPOSITIONS BASED THEREON
- C08K—Use of inorganic or non-macromolecular organic substances as compounding ingredients
- C08K5/00—Use of organic ingredients
- C08K5/36—Sulfur-, selenium-, or tellurium-containing compounds
- C08K5/45—Heterocyclic compounds having sulfur in the ring
-
- C—CHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
- C08—ORGANIC MACROMOLECULAR COMPOUNDS; THEIR PREPARATION OR CHEMICAL WORKING-UP; COMPOSITIONS BASED THEREON
- C08K—Use of inorganic or non-macromolecular organic substances as compounding ingredients
- C08K5/00—Use of organic ingredients
- C08K5/36—Sulfur-, selenium-, or tellurium-containing compounds
- C08K5/45—Heterocyclic compounds having sulfur in the ring
- C08K5/46—Heterocyclic compounds having sulfur in the ring with oxygen or nitrogen in the ring
- C08K5/47—Thiazoles
-
- C—CHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
- C08—ORGANIC MACROMOLECULAR COMPOUNDS; THEIR PREPARATION OR CHEMICAL WORKING-UP; COMPOSITIONS BASED THEREON
- C08L—COMPOSITIONS OF MACROMOLECULAR COMPOUNDS
- C08L1/00—Compositions of cellulose, modified cellulose or cellulose derivatives
- C08L1/08—Cellulose derivatives
- C08L1/10—Esters of organic acids, i.e. acylates
- C08L1/14—Mixed esters, e.g. cellulose acetate-butyrate
-
- C—CHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
- C08—ORGANIC MACROMOLECULAR COMPOUNDS; THEIR PREPARATION OR CHEMICAL WORKING-UP; COMPOSITIONS BASED THEREON
- C08L—COMPOSITIONS OF MACROMOLECULAR COMPOUNDS
- C08L25/00—Compositions of, homopolymers or copolymers of compounds having one or more unsaturated aliphatic radicals, each having only one carbon-to-carbon double bond, and at least one being terminated by an aromatic carbocyclic ring; Compositions of derivatives of such polymers
- C08L25/02—Homopolymers or copolymers of hydrocarbons
- C08L25/04—Homopolymers or copolymers of styrene
- C08L25/08—Copolymers of styrene
-
- C—CHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
- C08—ORGANIC MACROMOLECULAR COMPOUNDS; THEIR PREPARATION OR CHEMICAL WORKING-UP; COMPOSITIONS BASED THEREON
- C08L—COMPOSITIONS OF MACROMOLECULAR COMPOUNDS
- C08L33/00—Compositions of homopolymers or copolymers of compounds having one or more unsaturated aliphatic radicals, each having only one carbon-to-carbon double bond, and only one being terminated by only one carboxyl radical, or of salts, anhydrides, esters, amides, imides or nitriles thereof; Compositions of derivatives of such polymers
- C08L33/04—Homopolymers or copolymers of esters
-
- C—CHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
- C08—ORGANIC MACROMOLECULAR COMPOUNDS; THEIR PREPARATION OR CHEMICAL WORKING-UP; COMPOSITIONS BASED THEREON
- C08L—COMPOSITIONS OF MACROMOLECULAR COMPOUNDS
- C08L33/00—Compositions of homopolymers or copolymers of compounds having one or more unsaturated aliphatic radicals, each having only one carbon-to-carbon double bond, and only one being terminated by only one carboxyl radical, or of salts, anhydrides, esters, amides, imides or nitriles thereof; Compositions of derivatives of such polymers
- C08L33/04—Homopolymers or copolymers of esters
- C08L33/06—Homopolymers or copolymers of esters of esters containing only carbon, hydrogen and oxygen, which oxygen atoms are present only as part of the carboxyl radical
-
- C—CHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
- C08—ORGANIC MACROMOLECULAR COMPOUNDS; THEIR PREPARATION OR CHEMICAL WORKING-UP; COMPOSITIONS BASED THEREON
- C08L—COMPOSITIONS OF MACROMOLECULAR COMPOUNDS
- C08L67/00—Compositions of polyesters obtained by reactions forming a carboxylic ester link in the main chain; Compositions of derivatives of such polymers
- C08L67/02—Polyesters derived from dicarboxylic acids and dihydroxy compounds
-
- G—PHYSICS
- G02—OPTICS
- G02B—OPTICAL ELEMENTS, SYSTEMS OR APPARATUS
- G02B5/00—Optical elements other than lenses
- G02B5/20—Filters
- G02B5/208—Filters for use with infrared or ultraviolet radiation, e.g. for separating visible light from infrared and/or ultraviolet radiation
-
- H—ELECTRICITY
- H10—SEMICONDUCTOR DEVICES; ELECTRIC SOLID-STATE DEVICES NOT OTHERWISE PROVIDED FOR
- H10K—ORGANIC ELECTRIC SOLID-STATE DEVICES
- H10K59/00—Integrated devices, or assemblies of multiple devices, comprising at least one organic light-emitting element covered by group H10K50/00
- H10K59/80—Constructional details
- H10K59/8791—Arrangements for improving contrast, e.g. preventing reflection of ambient light
-
- H—ELECTRICITY
- H10—SEMICONDUCTOR DEVICES; ELECTRIC SOLID-STATE DEVICES NOT OTHERWISE PROVIDED FOR
- H10K—ORGANIC ELECTRIC SOLID-STATE DEVICES
- H10K59/00—Integrated devices, or assemblies of multiple devices, comprising at least one organic light-emitting element covered by group H10K50/00
- H10K59/10—OLED displays
Definitions
- the present invention relates to a retardation film, a circularly polarizing plate produced using the retardation film, and an organic EL display.
- organic electroluminescence elements that emit light by applying a voltage to a light emitting layer provided between electrodes (hereinafter sometimes simply referred to as organic EL elements) have been actively researched and developed.
- Organic EL elements have excellent characteristics such as luminous efficiency, low voltage drive, light weight, and low cost, so various light sources such as flat illumination, optical fiber light source, liquid crystal display backlight, liquid crystal projector backlight, display, etc. It is used as and has received a great deal of attention.
- the organic EL element injects electrons from the cathode and holes from the anode, and recombines them with the light emitting layer, thereby generating visible light emission corresponding to the light emission characteristics of the light emitting layer.
- a transparent conductive material is used for the anode.
- transparent conductive materials indium tin oxide (ITO) is mainly used because it has the highest electrical conductivity, a relatively large work function, and high hole injection efficiency.
- a metal electrode is usually used for the cathode.
- metal electrodes metal materials such as Mg, Mg / Ag, Mg / In, Al, and Li / Al are mainly used from the viewpoint of work function in consideration of electron injection efficiency. These metal materials have high light reflectivity, and in addition to the function as an electrode (cathode), they also have a function of reflecting light emitted from the light emitting layer and increasing the amount of emitted light (light emission luminance). That is, the light emitted in the cathode direction is mirror-reflected on the surface of the metal material that is the cathode, and is extracted as outgoing light from the transparent ITO electrode (anode).
- the cathode has a mirror surface with high light reflectivity, external light reflection is noticeable in a state where no light is emitted. That is, there is a problem that the interior lighting during observation is intense, black color cannot be expressed in a bright place, and the bright room contrast is extremely low for use as a light source for a display.
- a method in which a circularly polarizing element (hereinafter sometimes simply referred to as a circularly polarizing plate) is used to prevent reflection of external light from a mirror surface (see, for example, Patent Document 1).
- the absorption linear polarizing plate and the quarter retardation film have an absorption axis of the polarizing plate and an in-plane slow axis of the quarter retardation film of 45. It is formed by being laminated so as to intersect at a degree (or 135 degrees).
- the linearly polarized light transmitted through the polarizer is completely converted to circularly polarized light by the quarter retardation film and reflected by the above-mentioned metal surface to become reversely rotated circularly polarized light.
- the 1 ⁇ 4 retardation film By passing through the 1 ⁇ 4 retardation film, it is converted into linearly polarized light that is orthogonal to the incident light, so that it can be completely blocked by a polarizer.
- the light source used is light having a wavelength region in the entire visible light region (for example, about 400 nm to 700 nm), it can be exactly 1 ⁇ 4 wavelength for a wavelength having a phase difference of the retardation film. However, at other wavelengths, the phase difference may deviate from the quarter wavelength.
- Patent Document 2 and Patent Document 3 disclose a retardation plate adjusted to exhibit reverse wavelength dispersion characteristics by laminating a plurality of stretched films. Since the retardation plate described in Patent Document 2 and Patent Document 3 has a laminated structure, the retardation axis of each stretched film is assembled so as to have a specific arrangement, and further, specific to the polarizer. Since it is necessary to assemble by arrangement, a complicated operation is required, and if the assembling accuracy is not sufficient, the contrast may be lowered due to light leakage of reflected light. Further, since such a retardation plate has a laminated structure, the thickness is increased, resulting in a problem that the thickness of the display is increased.
- Patent Document 4 discloses a single-layer film made of a resin containing a norbornene-based resin and a polymer having negative intrinsic birefringence.
- Patent Document 5 discloses a single layer film composed of a polymer including a monomer unit having positive intrinsic birefringence and a monomer unit having negative intrinsic birefringence. According to such a technique, by adding a polymer having negative intrinsic birefringence to a resin having positive intrinsic birefringence, it is possible to impart reverse wavelength dispersion characteristics to the phase difference by a single layer configuration. is there.
- Patent Document 6 a technique for expressing a phase difference and imparting reverse wavelength dispersion characteristics to the phase difference. According to such a technique, it is possible to obtain a desired phase difference while keeping the draw ratio relatively small by increasing the retardation expression with an additive. However, if all the phase difference and wavelength dispersion characteristics required by the additive are to be adjusted, it is necessary to add a large amount, which tends to cause white turbidity.
- such an additive expresses a function of improving retardation expression by orienting the long axis direction of the molecule in the stretching direction, but in addition to the retardation expression, the necessary reverse wavelength dispersion characteristic is expressed in a balanced manner. It is difficult to adjust such additives, and in order to obtain sufficient reverse wavelength dispersion characteristics, it is necessary to provide a relatively large molecular structure in the direction perpendicular to the major axis direction of the molecule. As a result, there is a problem that the film becomes cloudy and the contrast of the display is lowered.
- a retardation film or a polarizer having a specific size can be obtained by using a retardation film that has been stretched in the width direction or the longitudinal direction to develop a retardation as in the prior art. It is necessary to cut it into a desired size and cut it again to the desired size, which is inefficient, the chips generated at the time of cutting adhere to the film, cause scattering, and cause deterioration in contrast. There is a case.
- the polarizer and the retardation film are bonded to each other by roll-to-roll by performing a stretching process in the oblique direction to obtain a retardation film having a slow axis in the oblique direction with respect to the longitudinal direction. Therefore, the development of a retardation film having a slow axis in an oblique direction has been studied. However, in order to express the phase difference diagonally, a high-magnification stretching process is inevitably required to orient the slow axis in the diagonal direction, and white turbidity tends to occur. There is a need for technology to control.
- the present invention has been made in view of such conventional problems, and is excellent in visibility and high in retardation development even when applied to a display such as an organic EL display that requires high contrast.
- An object is to provide an EL display.
- the present inventors have combined a resin having positive intrinsic birefringence, an additive having retardation increasing ability and wavelength dispersion adjusting ability, and an additive having negative intrinsic birefringence. , which can suppress the decrease in display contrast due to white turbidity of the film, can exhibit a ⁇ / 4 phase difference substantially without increasing the thickness, and has a wide band with excellent reverse wavelength dispersion characteristics It was found that a retardation film can be obtained.
- the retardation film of one aspect of the present invention has an in-plane retardation Ro 550 at a wavelength of 550 nm of 100 to 155 nm, and a ratio of the in-plane retardation Ro 450 at a wavelength of 450 nm to Ro 550 (Ro 450 / Ro 550 )
- the ratio of Ro 550 to the in-plane retardation Ro 650 at a wavelength of 650 nm (Ro 550 / Ro 650 ) is 0.83 to 0.97, and is slow with respect to the longitudinal direction.
- the retardation film having an angle of 10 to 80 ° in the phase axis, the retardation film has a resin having positive intrinsic birefringence as a main component, and an additive having retardation increasing ability and wavelength dispersion adjusting ability; And an additive having negative intrinsic birefringence.
- FIG. 1 is a schematic diagram for explaining the shrinkage ratio in oblique stretching.
- FIG. 2 is a schematic view showing an example of an oblique stretching apparatus applicable to the production of the retardation film of one embodiment of the present invention.
- FIG. 3 is a schematic view showing an example of an oblique stretching apparatus applicable to the production of the retardation film of one embodiment of the present invention.
- FIG. 4 is a schematic explanatory diagram of the configuration of the organic EL display according to the embodiment of the present invention.
- FIG. 5 is a schematic diagram of a configuration of an organic EL display according to an embodiment of the present invention.
- the retardation film of the present embodiment (hereinafter sometimes simply referred to as a cellulose acylate film) includes a resin having positive intrinsic birefringence, an additive having retardation increasing ability and wavelength dispersion adjusting ability, and a negative intrinsic And an additive having birefringence, and the slow axis with respect to the longitudinal direction has an angle of 10 to 80 °.
- a method for setting the slow axis angle to the longitudinal direction to 10 to 80 ° in this way there can be mentioned a method of performing oblique stretching described later on the film before stretching.
- the “retardation film” means an optical film having a specific optical function for imparting a retardation to transmitted light, and has a predetermined light wavelength (usually visible light).
- a film having a function of giving an in-plane retardation substantially 1 ⁇ 4 of a wavelength to a region) and converting linearly polarized light into circularly polarized light, or converting circularly polarized light into linearly polarized light It is called “ ⁇ / 4 retardation film”.
- the ⁇ / 4 retardation film is a broadband ⁇ having a phase difference of approximately 1 ⁇ 4 of the wavelength in the visible light wavelength range in order to convert linearly polarized light into almost perfect circularly polarized light in a wide range of visible light wavelengths.
- a / 4 retardation film is preferable.
- a phase difference of approximately 1 ⁇ 4 in the wavelength range of visible light means that in a wavelength range of 400 to 700 nm, a longer wavelength has a reverse wavelength dispersion characteristic that has a larger phase difference value.
- the in-plane retardation Ro ⁇ of the retardation film of the present embodiment is represented by the following formula (i).
- the value of the phase difference can be calculated by measuring the birefringence at each wavelength in an environment of 23 ° C. and 55% RH using, for example, Axoscan manufactured by Axometrics.
- Ro ⁇ (nx ⁇ ⁇ ny ⁇ ) ⁇ d (i) (Wherein ⁇ represents a measurement wavelength, nx and ny are measured in an environment of 23 ° C. and 55% RH, respectively, and nx is the maximum in-plane refractive index (refractive index in the slow axis direction). Ny is the refractive index in the direction perpendicular to the slow axis in the film plane, and d is the thickness (nm) of the film)
- the in-plane retardation of the ⁇ / 4 retardation film at a wavelength of 450 nm is Ro 450
- the in-plane retardation of the ⁇ / 4 retardation film at a wavelength of 550 nm is Ro 550
- the ⁇ / 4 retardation film at a wavelength of 650 nm is the in-plane retardation of the ⁇ / 4 retardation film at a wavelength of 650 nm.
- lambda / 4 retardation film of the present embodiment is a Ro 550 is 100 ⁇ 155 nm, the ratio of Ro 450 for Ro 550 (Ro 450 / Ro 550 ) is, is 0.72 to 0.95, the ratio of Ro 550 for Ro 650 (Ro 550 / Ro 650 ) , characterized in that a 0.83 to 0.97.
- Ro 550 may be 100 to 155 nm, preferably 125 to 150 nm. When Ro 550 exceeds the range of 100 to 155 nm, the phase difference at a wavelength of 550 nm does not become a quarter wavelength. When a circularly polarizing plate is produced using such a film and applied to, for example, an organic EL display In some cases, the reflection of room lighting becomes large, and black color cannot be expressed in bright places.
- the ratio of Ro 450 for Ro 550 may be any from 0.72 to 0.95, preferably 0.80 to 0.92, more preferably from 0.84 to 0.90 It is.
- Ro 450 / Ro 550 exceeds the range of 0.72 to 0.95, the phase difference does not show an appropriate reverse wavelength dispersion characteristic. For example, when a circularly polarizing plate is manufactured, hue change or hue variation due to humidity environment is not observed. There is a tendency to wake up.
- the ratio of Ro 550 for Ro 650 may be any from 0.83 to 0.97, preferably 0.85 to 0.94, more preferably 0.87 to 0.92 It is.
- Ro 550 / Ro 650 exceeds the range of 0.83 to 0.97, the phase difference does not show an appropriate inverse wavelength dispersion characteristic. For example, when a circularly polarizing plate is produced, hue change due to hue change or humidity environment There is a tendency to wake up.
- the in-plane phase difference derived from a resin having positive intrinsic birefringence is derived from an additive having Rc 550 and retardation increasing ability and wavelength dispersion adjusting ability.
- the ratio (Ra 550 / Ro 550 ) is preferably 0.10 to 1.0, more preferably 0.20 to 0.80, and still more preferably 0.30 to 0.60. .
- Rc 550 / Ro 550 greater than the ratio (Rc 550 / Ro 550) are 0 Rc 550, it is preferable that the ratio of Rb 550 (Rb 550 / Ro 550 ) is less than 0, Rc 550 / Ro 550 is 0.20 to 0 It is more preferable that Rb 550 / Ro 550 is ⁇ 0.30 or more and less than 0, Rc 550 / Ro 550 is 0.30 to 0.80, and Rb 550 / Ro 550 is ⁇ 0. More preferably, it is 10 or more and less than 0. Further, it is preferable that Ra 550 + Rc 550 exceeds 1.00.
- a resin having positive intrinsic birefringence exhibits a retardation development property at a wavelength of 550 nm. If an additive having a retardation increasing ability and a wavelength dispersion adjusting ability in which the ratio of Ra 550 to Ro 550 falls within the above range is added to this, it is sufficient even if not added so much that the transparency of the film is deteriorated. Phase difference expression can be imparted. In this state, if an additive having negative intrinsic birefringence with Rb 550 of less than 0 is blended, the reverse wavelength dispersion characteristic is further imparted while adjusting by reducing the retardation development property, and the appropriate level is obtained. A retardation film having retardation development and reverse wavelength dispersion characteristics can be obtained.
- the in-plane retardation (for example, Ro 550 ) can be increased by increasing the film thickness d of the film.
- the film thickness is increased, there is a problem that the thickness of an image display device such as an organic EL display is increased, or the transmittance is lowered to reduce the light extraction efficiency.
- the retardation film of the present embodiment containing a resin having positive intrinsic birefringence, an additive having retardation increasing ability and wavelength dispersion adjusting ability, and an additive having negative intrinsic birefringence
- excellent retardation and reverse wavelength dispersion characteristics can be exhibited.
- the retardation film is composed of a resin component (a thermoplastic resin such as a resin having a positive intrinsic birefringence) as a main component, an additive component (an additive having retardation increasing ability and wavelength dispersion adjusting ability, and a negative intrinsic property).
- a resin component a thermoplastic resin such as a resin having a positive intrinsic birefringence
- an additive component an additive having retardation increasing ability and wavelength dispersion adjusting ability, and a negative intrinsic property
- Component other than the resin component such as an additive having birefringence.
- a resin having positive intrinsic birefringence, an additive having retardation increasing ability and wavelength dispersion adjusting ability, and an additive having negative intrinsic birefringence each have different retardation development and wavelength dispersion characteristics.
- the retardation film contains a resin having positive intrinsic birefringence as a main component.
- the “main component” refers to a component contained in the thermoplastic resin component constituting the retardation film by 55% by mass or more.
- the “resin having positive intrinsic birefringence” generally refers to a resin having a characteristic that the refractive index increases with respect to the molecular orientation direction. It means a property capable of expressing a phase difference that increases the refractive index in the direction.
- the resin having positive intrinsic birefringence is not particularly limited, but it has high retardation development in addition to positive intrinsic birefringence, does not deteriorate reverse wavelength dispersibility, and is easy to form a thin film by oblique stretching. Esters are preferred.
- the “thermoplastic resin” refers to a resin that has the characteristics that it becomes soft when heated and can be molded into a desired shape.
- the cellulose ester applicable to the present embodiment is not particularly limited, and examples thereof include carboxylic acid esters having about 2 to 22 carbon atoms and aromatic carboxylic acid esters, and particularly lower fatty acid esters having 6 or less carbon atoms. Can be adopted. More specifically, cellulose acylates such as cellulose acetate, cellulose diacetate, cellulose acetate propionate, and cellulose acetate butyrate can be given. The cellulose acylate may be acylated with one kind of acyl group or may be acylated with two or more kinds of acyl groups. Among these, a mixed fatty acid ester of cellulose is preferable from the viewpoint of providing a high retardation and easily forming a thin film by oblique stretching and from easily avoiding a failure such as breakage during stretching.
- the acyl substitution degree of cellulose acylate is preferably 1.50 to 2.55, more preferably 1.70 to 2.50, and further preferably 2.00 to 2.45.
- the acyl substitution degree of cellulose acylate is less than 1.50, the retardation development property is high, but the wavelength dispersion characteristic of the retardation tends to be almost flat.
- the dope viscosity increases and the film surface quality tends to deteriorate, or the internal haze tends to increase due to an increase in stretching tension.
- acyl substitution degree means an average acyl substitution degree, and the average acyl substitution degree is esterified among the three hydroxy groups (hydroxyl groups) of each anhydroglucose constituting cellulose. The average value of the number of hydroxy groups is 0 to 3.0.
- the acyl group may be an aliphatic group or an aromatic group and is not particularly limited.
- Acyl groups include, for example, acetyl, propionyl, butanoyl, heptanoyl, hexanoyl, octanoyl, decanoyl, dodecanoyl, tridecanoyl, tetradecanoyl, hexadecanoyl, octadecanoyl, isobutanoyl Group, tert-butanoyl group, cyclohexanecarbonyl group, oleoyl group, benzoyl group, naphthylcarbonyl group, cinnamoyl group and the like.
- cellulose acylates include propionate groups, butyrate groups, or phthalyl groups in addition to acetyl groups such as cellulose acetate propionate, cellulose acetate butyrate, cellulose acetate propionate butyrate or cellulose acetate phthalate.
- the mixed fatty acid ester of cellulose is mentioned.
- the butyryl group that forms butyrate may be linear or branched. Among these, cellulose acetate, cellulose acetate butyrate, and cellulose acetate propionate are preferably used.
- Cellulose acylate has an average degree of substitution of acyl groups having 3 or more carbon atoms out of all acyl groups contained in cellulose acylate from the viewpoint of improving hydrophobicity and enhancing the effect of improving wavelength dispersion humidity fluctuation. It is preferably 5 to 2.5.
- the acyl group having 3 or more carbon atoms is not particularly limited.
- the part which is not substituted by the said acyl group among cellulose acylates exists normally as a hydroxyl group.
- Such cellulose acylate can be synthesized by a known method.
- the substitution degree of the acyl group can be determined according to the provisions of ASTM-D817-96 (testing method for cellulose acylate, etc.).
- the number average molecular weight (Mn) of the cellulose acylate is preferably 30,000 to 300,000, and preferably 50,000 to 200,000 from the viewpoint of increasing the mechanical strength of the obtained ⁇ / 4 retardation film. More preferably.
- the ratio of the weight average molecular weight (Mw) to the number average molecular weight (Mn) (Mw / Mn) of the cellulose acylate is preferably 1.4 to 3.0.
- the weight average molecular weight (Mw) and the number average molecular weight (Mn) of cellulose acylate can be measured using gel permeation chromatography (GPC), respectively.
- GPC gel permeation chromatography
- Solvent Methylene chloride
- Flow rate 1.0 ml / min
- Calibration curve A standard polystyrene STK standard polystyrene (manufactured by Tosoh Corporation) and a calibration curve with 13 samples having a Mw in the range of 500 to 1000000 is used. Thirteen samples are used at approximately equal intervals.
- the cellulose that is a raw material of cellulose acylate is not particularly limited, and cotton linter, wood pulp, kenaf, and the like can be used. Moreover, the cellulose ester obtained from these can be mixed and used for each arbitrary ratio.
- the cellulose acylate of this embodiment can be produced by a known method.
- cellulose is mixed with raw material cellulose, a predetermined organic acid (such as acetic acid), acid anhydride (such as acetic anhydride), and a catalyst (such as sulfuric acid) to esterify (acetylate) cellulose, The reaction proceeds until the ester (acetylation) is formed.
- the triester (acetylation) the three hydroxy groups (hydroxyl groups) of the glucose unit are substituted with acetyl groups of organic acids.
- cellulose acylate having a desired degree of acetyl group substitution is synthesized by hydrolyzing the cellulose triester. Thereafter, cellulose acylate can be obtained through steps such as filtration, precipitation, washing with water, dehydration, and drying. Specifically, it can be synthesized with reference to, for example, the method described in JP-A-10-45804.
- the retardation film of the present embodiment may contain a thermoplastic resin other than the resin having the positive intrinsic birefringence described above.
- thermoplastic resins examples include polyethylene (PE), high density polyethylene, medium density polyethylene, low density polyethylene, polypropylene (PP), polyvinyl chloride (PVC), polyvinylidene chloride, polystyrene (PS), and polyacetic acid.
- PE polyethylene
- PP polypropylene
- PVC polyvinyl chloride
- PS polyvinylidene chloride
- PS polystyrene
- PVAc vinyl
- ABS resin acrylonitrile butadiene styrene resin
- AS resin acrylic resin
- PMMA acrylic resin
- PA polyamide
- nylon polyacetal
- PC polycarbonate
- m-PPE modified polyphenylene ether
- PBT polybutylene terephthalate
- PET polyethylene terephthalate
- GF-PET glass fiber reinforced polyethylene terephthalate
- COP cyclic polyolefin
- polyphenylene sulfide PPS
- polytetrafluoroethylene PTFE
- polysulfone polyethersulfone
- amorphous polyarylate liquid crystal polymer
- Polyetheretherketone thermoplastic polyimide (PI)
- PAI polyamideimide
- the retardation film contains an additive having retardation increasing ability and wavelength dispersion adjusting ability (hereinafter sometimes simply referred to as retardation adjusting agent).
- retardation adjusting agent an additive having retardation increasing ability and wavelength dispersion adjusting ability
- Such a compound can impart the property of increasing the retardation development property to the above-described resin having positive intrinsic birefringence, and can also impart the property of enhancing the reverse wavelength dispersion property.
- the retardation when added, can be increased by 3 nm or more per 1% additive when compared with the case where it is not added to the retardation film, and is the ratio of Ro 550 for Ro 450 / Ro 550 or plane retardation Ro 650 at a wavelength of 650 nm, the ratio of in-plane retardation Ro 450 at a wavelength of 450nm for the wavelength dispersion (Ro 550 per additive 1% added Ro 550 / Ro 650 ) is lowered by 0.005 or more, that is, there is no particular limitation as long as reverse wavelength dispersion characteristics can be imparted.
- an additive for example, including a group bonded by a linking group having a linking site in at least three places and linked via the linking group and the two linking sites, a wavelength of 200 nm or more and less than 280 nm Branched with respect to the chemical structure portion X by a chemical structure portion X (main chain) having a maximum absorption wavelength in the region and a group bonded via at least one linking site among the other linking sites of the linking group
- Examples thereof include a compound having a chemical structure portion Y (side chain) having the above structure, wherein the chemical structure portion Y has a maximum absorption wavelength in a wavelength region of 280 to 380 nm.
- Such a compound is dissolved in a solvent and has at least two maximum absorption wavelengths in the ultraviolet absorption region.
- the maximum absorption wavelength ⁇ max x on the shorter wavelength side is a spectral absorption characteristic belonging to the main chain X. Yes, it has a maximum absorption wavelength in a wavelength region of 200 nm or more and less than 280 nm, and the longer wavelength side maximum absorption wavelength ⁇ max y is a spectral absorption characteristic belonging to the side chain Y.
- the long wavelength maximum absorption wavelength ⁇ max y attributed to the side chain Y is in the wavelength range of 280 to 380 nm.
- the aspect ratio of the compound is preferably less than 1.70, more preferably 1.01 or more and less than 1.70.
- the aspect ratio is less than 1.70, it becomes anisotropic with respect to the thermoplastic resin, and it is easy to obtain the effect of increasing the reverse wavelength dispersibility, and it is easy to achieve the retardation development necessary for the retardation film.
- “aspect ratio” uses Winmostar MOPAC AM1 (MOP6W70) (Senda, “Development of Molecular Computation Support System Winmostar”, Idemitsu Technical Report, 49, 1, 106-111 (2006)). The molecular length / molecular width.
- the “molecular length” is the maximum interatomic distance in a compound plus the van der Waals radii of two atoms at both ends. "Means a value obtained by adding the van der Waals radii of two atoms at both ends to the maximum distance between atoms when each atom is projected onto a plane perpendicular to the molecular long axis.
- L 1 and L 2 each independently represent a single bond or a divalent linking group, R 1 , R 2 and R 3 each independently represent a substituent, and n represents an integer of 0 to 2)
- Wa and Wb each represent a hydrogen atom or a substituent, (I) Wa and Wb may be bonded to each other to form a ring, and (II) at least one of Wa and Wb has a ring structure Or (III) at least one of Wa and Wb may be an alkenyl group or an alkynyl group)
- L 1 and L 2 are preferably O, COO, and OCO.
- R 1 , R 2 and R 3 include halogen atoms (fluorine atom, chlorine atom, bromine atom, iodine atom, etc.), alkyl groups (methyl group, ethyl group, n-propyl group, isopropyl group, tert- Butyl group, n-octyl group, 2-ethylhexyl group, etc.), cycloalkyl group (cyclohexyl group, cyclopentyl group, 4-n-dodecylcyclohexyl group, etc.), alkenyl group (vinyl group, allyl group, etc.), cycloalkenyl group ( 2-cyclopenten-1-yl, 2-cyclohexen-1-yl group, etc.), alkynyl group (ethynyl group, propargyl group etc.), aryl group (phenyl group, p-tolyl group, naphthyl group etc.),
- Fo group acyl group (acetyl group, pivaloylbenzoyl group, etc.), carbamoyl group (carbamoyl group, N-methylcarbamoyl group, N, N-dimethylcarbamoyl group, N, N-di-n-octylcarbamoyl group, N -(Methylsulfonyl) carbamoyl group and the like.
- R 1 and R 2 are preferably a substituted or unsubstituted benzene ring or a substituted or unsubstituted cyclohexane ring, more preferably a substituted benzene ring or a substituted cyclohexane ring, and a 4-position substituent.
- a benzene ring is particularly preferable in that the main chain of the compound of the general formula (A) can be oriented in the slow axis direction of the retardation film to increase the slow axis direction refractive index nx.
- Wa and Wb include a halogen atom (eg, fluorine atom, chlorine atom, bromine atom, iodine atom), alkyl group (eg, methyl group, ethyl group, n-propyl group, isopropyl group, tert-butyl group, n -Octyl group, 2-ethylhexyl group, etc.), cycloalkyl group (for example, cyclohexyl group, cyclopentyl group, 4-n-dodecylcyclohexyl group, etc.), alkenyl group (for example, vinyl group, allyl group, etc.), cycloalkenyl group (for example) For example, 2-cyclopenten-1-yl, 2-cyclohexen-1-yl group, etc.), alkynyl group (eg, ethynyl group, propargyl group, etc.), aryl group (eg, phenyl
- the above substituent may be further substituted with the above substituent.
- R 4 , R 5 and R 6 each represent a hydrogen atom or a substituent, and examples of the substituent include the same groups as the specific examples of the substituent represented by R 1 , R 2 and R 3 above. be able to.
- Wa and Wb is a hydrogen atom and the other has a ring-setting group
- the following structures can be mentioned.
- R ii and R iii can include the same groups as the specific examples of the substituents represented by R 1 , R 2 and R 3 , respectively.
- synthesis combination of the said compound can be performed by applying a known synthesis method. Specifically, synthesis is performed with reference to the methods described in Journal of Chemical Crystallography ((1997); 27 (9); 512-526), JP 2010-31223 A, JP 2008-107767 A, and the like. be able to.
- the content of the compound in the retardation film is preferably in the range of 0.01 to 30% by mass, more preferably in the range of 1.0 to 20% by mass, and still more preferably 1.0. Within the range of ⁇ 10% by mass.
- the content of the compound is in the range of 0.01 to 30% by mass, the desired retardation development property is easily obtained without impairing transparency.
- the addition amount is within this range, sufficient retardation can be obtained, but the reverse wavelength dispersion characteristic is not sufficient, or the transparency may be lowered when the reverse wavelength dispersion is set to a desired value. Therefore, the present embodiment is characterized in that an additive having negative intrinsic birefringence, which will be described later, is added to adjust the reverse wavelength dispersion characteristic.
- the retardation film contains an additive having negative intrinsic birefringence.
- an additive having a negative intrinsic birefringence by adding an additive having a negative intrinsic birefringence, the reverse wavelength dispersion characteristic is further imparted while appropriately adjusting the phase difference.
- additive having negative intrinsic birefringence means that when added to the film, the refractive index increases in the direction perpendicular to the stretching direction when compared with the case where it is not added. It refers to an additive having the property of exhibiting a proper phase difference or the property of weakening the expression of a retardation in the stretching direction.
- the additive having negative intrinsic birefringence is not particularly limited, and examples thereof include polyester polymers, styrene polymers, acrylic polymers, and copolymers thereof.
- polyester polymers include polyester polymers, styrene polymers, acrylic polymers, and copolymers thereof.
- an aliphatic polyester polymer, a styrene maleic acid polymer, and an acrylic polymer are preferable from the viewpoint of imparting good reverse wavelength dispersion characteristics while suppressing deterioration of retardation development.
- 2 or more types can be mixed and used.
- the number average molecular weight (Mn) of the additive having negative intrinsic birefringence is preferably 700 to 8000, more preferably 700 to 5000, and still more preferably 1000 to 5000.
- the content of the additive having negative intrinsic birefringence in the ⁇ / 4 retardation film is preferably in the range of 0.01 to 30% by mass, more preferably in the range of 1 to 20% by mass. More preferably, it is in the range of 1 to 10% by mass.
- a ⁇ / 4 retardation film having low internal haze and high transparency can be obtained.
- it fully imparts reverse wavelength dispersion characteristics while adjusting the phase difference obtained by blending a resin having positive intrinsic birefringence and an additive having retardation increasing ability and wavelength dispersion adjusting ability. Can do.
- the polyester polymer is obtained by reacting an aliphatic dicarboxylic acid having 2 to 20 carbon atoms with at least one diol selected from an aliphatic diol having 2 to 12 carbon atoms and an alkyl ether diol having 4 to 20 carbon atoms. Although both of the ends of the reaction product may be obtained as the reaction product, a product obtained by further reacting a monocarboxylic acid, a monoalcohol, or a phenol to perform so-called end-capping can be mentioned. By this end capping, free carboxylic acids are not contained, so that storage stability and the like can be improved.
- the dicarboxylic acid used in the polyester polymer is preferably an aliphatic dicarboxylic acid residue having 4 to 20 carbon atoms or an aromatic dicarboxylic acid residue having 8 to 20 carbon atoms.
- Examples of the aliphatic dicarboxylic acid having 2 to 20 carbon atoms include oxalic acid, malonic acid, succinic acid, maleic acid, fumaric acid, glutaric acid, adipic acid, pimelic acid, suberic acid, azelaic acid, sebacic acid, and dodecanedicarboxylic acid. And acids and 1,4-cyclohexanedicarboxylic acid.
- malonic acid succinic acid, maleic acid, fumaric acid, glutaric acid, adipic acid, azelaic acid, and 1,4-cyclohexanedicarboxylic acid are preferable, and succinic acid, glutaric acid, and adipic acid are more preferable.
- diol examples include aliphatic diols having 2 to 20 carbon atoms and alkyl ether diols having 4 to 20 carbon atoms.
- Examples of the aliphatic diol having 2 to 20 carbon atoms include alkyl diols and alicyclic diols such as ethane diol, 1,2-propanediol, 1,3-propanediol, 1,2-butane.
- ethanediol 1,2-propanediol, 1,3-propanediol, 1,2-butanediol, 1,3-butanediol, 2-methyl-1,3-propanediol, 1,4- Preferred are butanediol, 1,5-pentanediol, 3-methyl-1,5-pentanediol, 1,6-hexanediol, 1,4-cyclohexanediol, 1,4-cyclohexanedimethanol, ethanediol, 2-propanediol, 1,3-propanediol, 1,2-butanediol, 1,3-butanediol, 1,4-butanediol, 1,5-pentanediol, 1,6-hexanediol, 1,4 -More preferred are butanediol, 1,5-pentanediol
- alkyl ether diol having 4 to 20 carbon atoms examples include polytetramethylene ether glycol, polyethylene ether glycol, polypropylene ether glycol, and combinations thereof.
- the average degree of polymerization of these alkyl ether diols is not particularly limited, but is, for example, 2 to 20, preferably 2 to 10, more preferably 2 to 5, and further preferably 2 to 4.
- alkyl ether diols include Carbowax resin, Pluronics resin, and Niax resin.
- Polyester polymers are effective against aging at high temperature and high humidity by protecting the terminal with a hydrophobic functional group.
- the terminal is an alkyl group or an aromatic group. It is preferable to be sealed with. Further, it is preferable to protect the polyester additive with a monoalcohol residue or a monocarboxylic acid residue so that both ends of the polyester additive do not become a carboxylic acid or an OH group.
- the monoalcohol is preferably a substituted or unsubstituted monoalcohol having 1 to 30 carbon atoms, such as methanol, ethanol, propanol, isopropanol, butanol, isobutanol, pentanol, isopentanol, hexanol, isohexanol, cyclohexyl alcohol.
- Octanol isooctanol, 2-ethylhexyl alcohol, nonyl alcohol, isononyl alcohol, tert-nonyl alcohol, decanol, dodecanol, dodecahexanol, aliphatic alcohols such as dodecaoctanol, allyl alcohol, oleyl alcohol, benzyl alcohol, 3-phenyl Examples thereof include substituted alcohols such as propanol.
- Examples of the end-capping alcohol preferably used include methanol, ethanol, propanol, isopropanol, butanol, isobutanol, isopentanol, hexanol, isohexanol, cyclohexyl alcohol, isooctanol, 2-ethylhexyl alcohol, and isononyl alcohol.
- Oleyl alcohol, benzyl alcohol particularly methanol, ethanol, propanol, isobutanol, cyclohexyl alcohol, 2-ethylhexyl alcohol, isononyl alcohol, benzyl alcohol.
- the monocarboxylic acid used is preferably a substituted or unsubstituted monocarboxylic acid having 1 to 30 carbon atoms. These may be aliphatic monocarboxylic acids or aromatic ring-containing carboxylic acids.
- Preferred aliphatic monocarboxylic acids include acetic acid, propionic acid, butanoic acid, caprylic acid, caproic acid, decanoic acid, dodecanoic acid, stearic acid, oleic acid, and examples of aromatic ring-containing monocarboxylic acids include: Benzoic acid, p-tert-butylbenzoic acid, p-tert-amylbenzoic acid, orthotoluic acid, metatoluic acid, p-toluic acid, dimethylbenzoic acid, ethylbenzoic acid, normal propylbenzoic acid, aminobenzoic acid, acetoxybenzoic acid, etc. These may be used alone or in combination of two or more.
- the polyester-based polymer is synthesized by a hot melt condensation method by a polyesterification reaction or transesterification reaction between a dicarboxylic acid and a diol and / or a monocarboxylic acid or monoalcohol for end-capping, or an acid of these acids. It can be easily synthesized by any method of interfacial condensation between chloride and glycols.
- polyester-based additives reference can be made to Koichi Murai's “Additives: Theory and Application” (Koshobo Co., Ltd., first edition published on March 1, 1973).
- JP 05-155809 A, JP 05-155810 A, JP 5 197073 A, JP 2006-259494 A, JP 07-330670 A, JP 2006-342227 A, Materials described in Japanese Patent Application Laid-Open No. 2007-003679 can be used.
- styrenic polymer Preferred examples of the styrenic polymer include polymers having a structural unit obtained from an aromatic vinyl monomer represented by the general formula.
- R 101 to R 104 each independently represents a substituted or unsubstituted carbon atom optionally having a linking group containing a hydrogen atom, a halogen atom, an oxygen atom, a sulfur atom, a nitrogen atom or a silicon atom
- R 104 represents a hydrocarbon group or a polar group having a number of 1 to 30, and R 104 may be the same atom or group or different atoms or groups, and may be bonded to each other to form a carbocyclic or heterocyclic ring (these The carbocyclic ring and heterocyclic ring may be a monocyclic structure or may be a polycyclic structure in which other rings are condensed).
- the aromatic vinyl monomer is not particularly limited.
- styrene alkyl-substituted styrenes such as ⁇ -methylstyrene, ⁇ -methylstyrene, and p-methylstyrene; 4-chlorostyrene, 4-bromostyrene, etc.
- Halogen-substituted styrenes hydroxystyrenes such as p-hydroxystyrene, ⁇ -methyl-p-hydroxystyrene, 2-methyl-4-hydroxystyrene, 3,4-dihydroxystyrene; vinyl benzyl alcohols; p-methoxystyrene, Alkoxy-substituted styrenes such as p-tert-butoxystyrene and m-tert-butoxystyrene; vinyl benzoic acids such as 3-vinylbenzoic acid and 4-vinylbenzoic acid; methyl-4-vinylbenzoate, ethyl-4-vinylbenzoate Vinyl benzoate esthetics such as 4-vinylbenzyl acetate; 4-acetoxystyrene; amide styrenes such as 2-butylamidostyrene, 4-methylamidostyrene, p-sulfonamidosty
- the acrylic polymer is not particularly limited, and examples thereof include those having a structural unit obtained from an acrylate ester monomer represented by the following general formula.
- R 105 to R 108 each independently represents a substituted or unsubstituted carbon atom which may have a linking group containing a hydrogen atom, a halogen atom, an oxygen atom, a sulfur atom, a nitrogen atom or a silicon atom
- Such an acrylate monomer is not particularly limited.
- methyl acrylate, ethyl acrylate, propyl acrylate (i-, n-), butyl acrylate (n-, i-, s-, tert-), pentyl acrylate (n-, i-, s-), hexyl acrylate (n-, i-), or those obtained by replacing the acrylate ester with a methacrylate ester are preferred.
- the copolymer preferably contains at least one structural unit obtained from the aromatic vinyl monomer and the acrylate monomer.
- the structure other than the above constituting the copolymer is not particularly limited, but is preferably one having excellent copolymerizability with the monomer, for example, maleic anhydride, citraconic anhydride, cis-1 Acid anhydrides such as cyclohexene-1,2-dicarboxylic anhydride, 3-methyl-cis-1-cyclohexene-1,2-dicarboxylic anhydride, 4-methyl-cis-1-cyclohexene-1,2-dicarboxylic anhydride Nitrile group-containing radical polymerizable monomers such as acrylonitrile and methacrylonitrile; amide bond-containing radical polymerizable monomers such as acrylamide, methacrylamide and trifluoromethanesulfonylaminoethyl (meth) acrylate; fatty acids such as vinyl acetate Vinyls; chlorine-containing radical polymerizable monomers such as vinyl chloride and vinylidene chloride; , It may be mentioned 3-butadiene
- the retardation film of the present embodiment has a resin having positive intrinsic birefringence as the main component described above, and further has an additive having retardation increasing ability and wavelength dispersion adjusting ability, and an additive having negative intrinsic birefringence.
- various additives can be contained as other additives.
- an organic solvent can be used to dissolve the cellulose acylate to prepare a cellulose acylate solution or a dope.
- a chlorinated organic solvent and a non-chlorinated organic solvent can be mainly used.
- chlorinated organic solvent examples include methylene chloride (methylene chloride).
- Non-chlorine organic solvents include, for example, methyl acetate, ethyl acetate, amyl acetate, acetone, tetrahydrofuran, 1,3-dioxolane, 1,4-dioxane, cyclohexanone, ethyl formate, 2,2,2-trifluoro Ethanol, 2,2,3,3-hexafluoro-1-propanol, 1,3-difluoro-2-propanol, 1,1,1,3,3,3-hexafluoro-2-methyl-2-propanol, Examples include 1,1,1,3,3,3-hexafluoro-2-propanol, 2,2,3,3,3-pentafluoro-1-propanol, and nitroethane. From the viewpoint of recent environmental problems, non-chlorine organic solvents are preferably used.
- the insoluble matter should be reduced by a known dissolution method such as a dissolution method at room temperature, a high-temperature dissolution method, a cooling dissolution method, or a high-pressure dissolution method.
- a dissolution method at room temperature such as a dissolution method at room temperature, a high-temperature dissolution method, a cooling dissolution method, or a high-pressure dissolution method.
- methylene chloride can be used, but methyl acetate, ethyl acetate, and acetone are preferably used, and among them, methyl acetate is particularly preferable.
- an organic solvent having good solubility with respect to the cellulose acylate is referred to as a good solvent, and an organic solvent which exhibits a main effect on dissolution and is used in a large amount among them is referred to as a main (organic) solvent. Or the main (organic) solvent.
- the dope used for forming the retardation film of the present embodiment preferably contains an alcohol having 1 to 4 carbon atoms in the range of 1 to 40% by mass in addition to the organic solvent.
- These alcohols after casting the dope on a metal support, start to evaporate the organic solvent, and when the relative proportion of the alcohol component increases, the dope film (web) gels, making the web strong and supporting the metal It can act as a gelling solvent that makes it easy to peel off from the body.
- the proportion of these alcohols is low, it also has a role of promoting dissolution of cellulose acylate, a non-chlorine organic solvent.
- Examples of the alcohol having 1 to 4 carbon atoms include methanol, ethanol, n-propanol, iso-propanol, n-butanol, sec-butanol, and tert-butanol. Of these, it is preferable to use ethanol from the viewpoints of excellent dope stability, relatively low boiling point, and good drying properties. These alcohols are categorized as poor solvents because they are not soluble in cellulose acylate alone.
- the cellulose acylate concentration in the dope is preferably in the range of 15 to 30% by mass, and the dope viscosity is preferably adjusted in the range of 100 to 500 Pa ⁇ s from the viewpoint of obtaining excellent film surface quality. .
- additives examples include plasticizers, ultraviolet absorbers, phosphorus-based flame retardants, matting agents, antioxidants, antistatic agents, anti-degradation agents, peeling aids, surfactants, Examples thereof include dyes and fine particles.
- additives other than the fine particles may be added when preparing the cellulose acylate solution, or may be added when preparing the fine particle dispersion. It is preferable to add a plasticizer, an antioxidant, an ultraviolet absorber, or the like that imparts heat and moisture resistance to the polarizing plate used in the image display device.
- plasticizer in the retardation film of this embodiment, various plasticizers can be used in combination for the purpose of improving the fluidity and flexibility of the composition.
- plasticizers include polyhydric alcohol ester plasticizers, glycolate plasticizers, phthalate ester plasticizers, citrate ester plasticizers, fatty acid ester plasticizers, phosphate ester plasticizers, and polyvalent plasticizers.
- carboxylic acid ester plasticizers and acrylic plasticizers It can be applied to a wide range of uses by selecting or using these plasticizers according to the use.
- sugar ester compound in the retardation film of this embodiment, it is preferable to contain a sugar ester compound as a compatibilizer.
- sugar ester compound include sugar ester compounds excluding cellulose ester having 1 to 12 at least one pyranose structure or furanose structure, and all or part of the hydroxy groups of the structure are esterified. it can.
- the sugar ester compound is not particularly limited, and examples of the compound (saccharide) having a pyranose structure or furanose structure include glucose, galactose, mannose, fructose, xylose, or arabinose, lactose, sucrose, nystose, 1F-fructosyl varnish.
- sacchyose, maltitol, lactitol, lactulose, cellobiose, maltose, cellotriose, maltotriose, raffinose, kestose and the like can be mentioned.
- gentiobiose gentiotriose, gentiotetraose, xylotriose, galactosyl sucrose and the like can be mentioned.
- compounds having both a pyranose structure and a furanose structure are particularly preferable.
- sucrose, kestose, nystose, 1F-fructosyl nystose, stachyose and the like are preferable, and sucrose is particularly preferable.
- the monocarboxylic acid used for esterifying all or part of the hydroxy group of the compound (sugar) having the pyranose structure or furanose structure described above is not particularly limited, and is a known aliphatic monocarboxylic acid or alicyclic group.
- Monocarboxylic acids, aromatic monocarboxylic acids and the like may be used alone or in combination of two or more.
- Preferred aliphatic monocarboxylic acids include, for example, acetic acid, propionic acid, butyric acid, isobutyric acid, valeric acid, caproic acid, enanthic acid, caprylic acid, pelargonic acid, capric acid, 2-ethyl-hexanecarboxylic acid, undecyl acid, Saturation of lauric acid, tridecylic acid, myristic acid, pentadecylic acid, palmitic acid, heptadecylic acid, stearic acid, nonadecanoic acid, arachidic acid, behenic acid, lignoceric acid, serotic acid, heptacosanoic acid, montanic acid, mellicic acid, and laxaric acid Fatty acids: Undecylenic acid, oleic acid, sorbic acid, linoleic acid, linolenic acid, arachidonic acid, unsaturated fatty acids such as
- Preferred examples of the alicyclic monocarboxylic acid include acetic acid, cyclopentane carboxylic acid, cyclohexane carboxylic acid, cyclooctane carboxylic acid, and derivatives thereof.
- aromatic monocarboxylic acids include, for example, aromatic monocarboxylic acids having an alkyl group or alkoxy group introduced into the benzene ring of benzoic acid such as benzoic acid and toluic acid, cinnamic acid, benzylic acid, biphenylcarboxylic acid, and naphthalene.
- aromatic monocarboxylic acids having two or more benzene rings such as carboxylic acid and tetralin carboxylic acid, or derivatives thereof. More specifically, xylyl acid, hemelic acid, mesitylene acid, prenicylic acid, ⁇ -isodryl.
- Acid duryl acid, mesitoic acid, ⁇ -isoduric acid, cumic acid, ⁇ -toluic acid, hydroatropic acid, atropic acid, hydrocinnamic acid, salicylic acid, o-anisic acid, m-anisic acid, p-anisic acid, creosote Acid, o-homosalicylic acid, m-homosalicylic acid, p-homosalicylic acid, o-pyrocate Acid, ⁇ -resorcylic acid, vanillic acid, isovanillic acid, veratromic acid, o-veratrumic acid, gallic acid, asaronic acid, mandelic acid, homoanisic acid, homovanillic acid, homoveratrumic acid, o-homoveratric acid, phthalonic acid, p-coumaric Examples include acids. Among these, benzoic acid is particularly preferable.
- the sugar ester compound described above is 1 to 30% by mass with respect to 100% by mass of the retardation film from the viewpoint of stabilizing the display quality by suppressing the fluctuation of the retardation value. It is preferably contained within the range, and more preferably contained within the range of 5 to 30% by mass. When the content of the sugar ester compound is in the range of 1 to 30% by mass, the above-described excellent effects can be achieved and bleeding out and the like can be suppressed.
- the protective film used in the retardation film of the present embodiment or the circularly polarizing plate described later preferably contains an ultraviolet absorber.
- UV absorbers examples include benzotriazole UV absorbers, 2-hydroxybenzophenone UV absorbers, and salicylic acid phenyl ester UV absorbers.
- an ultraviolet absorber having a molecular weight of 400 or more is less likely to volatilize at a high boiling point and is difficult to disperse even during high temperature molding, and therefore weather resistance can be effectively improved with a relatively small amount of addition.
- Examples of the ultraviolet absorber having a molecular weight of 400 or more include 2- [2-hydroxy-3,5-bis ( ⁇ , ⁇ -dimethylbenzyl) phenyl] -2-benzotriazole, 2,2-methylenebis [4- ( Benzotriazoles such as 1,1,3,3-tetrabutyl) -6- (2H-benzotriazol-2-yl) phenol], bis (2,2,6,6-tetramethyl-4-piperidyl) sebacate, Hindered amines such as bis (1,2,2,6,6-pentamethyl-4-piperidyl) sebacate and 2- (3,5-di-t-butyl-4-hydroxybenzyl) -2-n-butyl Bis (1,2,2,6,6-pentamethyl-4-piperidyl) malonate, 1- [2- [3- (3,5-di-tert-butyl-4-hydroxyphenyl) propionyl Oxy] ethyl] -4- [3- (3,5
- 2- [2-hydroxy-3,5-bis ( ⁇ , ⁇ -dimethylbenzyl) phenyl] -2-benzotriazole and 2,2-methylenebis [4- (1,1,3,3-tetrabutyl) ) -6- (2H-benzotriazol-2-yl) phenol] is preferred.
- Commercially available products may be used.
- TINUVIN such as TINUVIN 109, TINUVIN 171, TINUVIN 234, TINUVIN 326, TINUVIN 327, TINUVIN 328, and TINUVIN 928 manufactured by BASF Japan Ltd. can be preferably used.
- Phosphorus flame retardant For the retardation film, a flame retardant acrylic resin composition containing a phosphorus flame retardant may be used.
- Phosphorus flame retardants include red phosphorus, triaryl phosphate ester, diaryl phosphate ester, monoaryl phosphate ester, aryl phosphonate compound, aryl phosphine oxide compound, condensed aryl phosphate ester, halogenated alkyl phosphate ester, Examples thereof include one or a mixture of two or more selected from halogen-condensed phosphoric acid esters, halogen-containing condensed phosphonic acid esters, halogen-containing phosphorous acid esters, and the like.
- triphenyl phosphate 9,10-dihydro-9-oxa-10-phosphaphenanthrene-10-oxide, phenylphosphonic acid, tris ( ⁇ -chloroethyl) phosphate, tris (dichloropropyl) Examples thereof include phosphate and tris (tribromoneopentyl) phosphate.
- the retardation film of this embodiment has, for example, silicon dioxide, titanium dioxide, aluminum oxide, zirconium oxide, calcium carbonate, kaolin, talc, calcined calcium silicate, hydrated calcium silicate, It is preferable to contain a matting agent such as inorganic fine particles such as aluminum silicate, magnesium silicate and calcium phosphate, and a crosslinked polymer.
- silicon dioxide is preferably used because it can reduce the haze of the film.
- the average primary particle diameter of the fine particles is preferably 20 nm or less, more preferably 5 to 16 nm, and further preferably 5 to 12 nm.
- antioxidants can also be added to the retardation film in order to improve the thermal decomposability and thermal colorability during molding. It is also possible to add an antistatic agent to impart antistatic performance to the retardation film.
- the film thickness of the retardation film of the present embodiment is not particularly limited, and can be in the range of 10 to 250 ⁇ m.
- the retardation film contains a resin having positive intrinsic birefringence, an additive having retardation increasing ability and wavelength dispersion adjusting ability, and an additive having negative intrinsic birefringence. Even if the film thickness is not increased as in the prior art, the phase difference can be enhanced.
- the retardation film may have a film thickness of, for example, 20 to 100 ⁇ m, a thinner thickness of 20 to 80 ⁇ m, and a thinner thickness of 20 to 65 ⁇ m, and can exhibit sufficiently excellent retardation development and reverse wavelength dispersion characteristics.
- the retardation film of the present embodiment can be used in the range of 1 to 4 m in width, preferably in the range of 1.4 to 4 m, more preferably in the range of 1.6 to 3 m. be able to. If the width is 4 m or less, the conveyance stability can be ensured.
- the arithmetic average roughness of the surface of the retardation film of the present embodiment is about 2.0 to 4.0 nm, preferably 2.5 to 3.5 nm.
- the dimensional change rate (%) is preferably less than 0.5%, and more preferably less than 0.3%.
- the defects having a diameter of 5 ⁇ m or more in the film surface are preferably 1 piece / 10 cm square or less, more preferably 0.5 pieces / 10 cm square or less, and 0.1 pieces / 10 cm square or less. More preferably.
- the “defect” refers to a void in the film (foaming defect) generated due to rapid evaporation of the solvent in the drying step in film formation by the solution casting method described later, film formation This refers to foreign matter (foreign matter defect) in the film due to foreign matter in the stock solution or foreign matter mixed during film formation.
- the diameter of the defect indicates the diameter when the defect is circular, and when the defect is not circular, the range of the defect is determined by observing with a microscope according to the following method, and the maximum diameter (diameter of circumscribed circle) is determined. .
- the defect range is measured by the size of the shadow when the defect is observed with the transmitted light of the differential interference microscope.
- the defect is accompanied by a change in the surface shape such as transfer of a roller flaw or an abrasion
- the size is confirmed by observing the defect with reflected light of a differential interference microscope.
- aluminum or platinum is deposited on the surface for observation.
- the film may be broken starting from the defects and productivity may be reduced.
- the diameter of a defect becomes 5 micrometers or more, it can confirm visually by polarizing plate observation etc., and when used as an optical member, a bright spot may arise.
- the retardation film of the present embodiment has a breaking elongation of at least 10% in at least one direction (the width direction (TD direction) or the conveyance direction (MD direction)) in the measurement based on JIS-K7127-1999. It is preferably 20% or more.
- the upper limit of the elongation at break is not particularly limited, and is practically about 250%. In order to increase the elongation at break, it is effective to suppress defects in the film caused by foreign matter and foaming.
- the retardation film of this embodiment preferably has a total light transmittance of 90% or more, and more preferably 93% or more.
- the upper limit of the total light transmittance is not particularly limited, and is practically about 99%.
- it is necessary not to introduce additives and copolymerization components that absorb visible light, or to remove foreign substances in the polymer by high-precision filtration. It is effective to reduce the diffusion and absorption of light inside the film.
- reduce the surface roughness of the film surface by reducing the surface roughness of the film contact area (cooling roller, calender roller, drum, belt, coating substrate in solution casting, transport roller, etc.) during film formation. It is effective to reduce the diffusion and reflection of light on the film surface.
- the retardation film of the present embodiment can be formed according to a known method. Hereinafter, typical solution casting methods and melt casting methods will be described.
- the retardation film of this embodiment can be produced by a solution casting method.
- thermoplastic resins such as cellulose acylate (resin having positive intrinsic birefringence) and additives (additives having retardation increasing ability and wavelength dispersion adjusting ability and negative intrinsic birefringence)
- a step of preparing a dope by heating and dissolving an additive in an organic solvent a step of casting the prepared dope on a belt-shaped or drum-shaped metal support, a step of drying the cast dope as a web, A step of peeling from the metal support, a step of stretching or shrinking the peeled web, a step of drying, a step of winding up the finished film, and the like are included.
- the cellulose acylate in the dope is preferably high in concentration because the drying load after casting on the metal support can be reduced, but if the concentration of cellulose acylate is too high, the load during filtration is high. It increases and the filtration accuracy deteriorates. For this reason, the concentration at which these are compatible is preferably in the range of 10 to 35% by mass, more preferably in the range of 15 to 25% by mass.
- the metal support used preferably has a mirror-finished surface, and a stainless steel belt or a drum whose surface is plated with a casting is preferably used.
- the cast width is preferably in the range of 1 to 4 m.
- the surface temperature of the metal support in the casting step is appropriately selected and set within a range of ⁇ 50 ° C. to a temperature at which the solvent boils and does not foam. A higher temperature is preferable because the web can be dried faster, but if it is too high, the web may foam and flatness may deteriorate.
- a preferable support temperature is appropriately determined within the range of 0 to 100 ° C. A temperature range of 5 to 30 ° C. is more preferred.
- the web can be gelled by cooling and peeled from the drum in a state containing a large amount of residual solvent.
- the method for controlling the temperature of the metal support is not particularly limited, but there are a method of blowing warm air or cold air, and a method of bringing hot water into contact with the back side of the metal support.
- the method using hot water is preferable because the heat transfer is performed efficiently, and the time until the temperature of the metal support becomes constant is short.
- warm air considering the temperature drop of the web due to the latent heat of vaporization of the solvent, while using warm air above the boiling point of the solvent, there is a case where wind at a temperature higher than the target temperature is used while preventing foaming. is there.
- the amount of residual solvent when peeling the web from the metal support is preferably set within a range of 10 to 150% by mass, more preferably 20 to 40% by mass. % Or in the range of 60 to 130% by mass, and more preferably in the range of 20 to 30% by mass or 70 to 120% by mass.
- the web is peeled off from the metal support and further dried, so that the residual solvent amount is preferably 1.0% by mass or less, more preferably 0 to 0.01% by mass.
- a roller drying method for example, a method in which webs are alternately passed through a number of upper and lower rollers and a method in which a web is dried while being conveyed by a tenter method is employed.
- the in-plane retardation Ro 550 measured at a wavelength of 550 nm is preferably 100 to 155 nm in the retardation film of this embodiment, and such retardation can be imparted by stretching the film.
- the stretching method is not particularly limited, for example, a method in which a circumferential speed difference is provided to a plurality of rollers, and a longitudinal stretching is performed using the roller circumferential speed difference therebetween, and both ends of the web are fixed with clips or pins.
- a method of extending the distance between pins in the traveling direction and extending in the vertical direction, a method of expanding in the horizontal direction and extending in the horizontal direction, or a method of extending the vertical and horizontal directions simultaneously and extending in both the vertical and horizontal directions may be employed alone or in combination. it can. That is, the film may be stretched in the transverse direction, longitudinally, or in both directions with respect to the film forming direction, and when stretched in both directions, simultaneous stretching or sequential stretching may be used. May be. In the case of the so-called tenter method, driving the clip portion by the linear drive method is preferable because smooth stretching can be performed and the risk of breakage and the like can be reduced.
- the retardation film is stretched in the slow axis direction and then stretched and contracted in the fast axis direction, and then the ratio of the shrinkage ratio in the fast axis direction to the stretch ratio in the slow axis direction (shrinkage ratio / stretching).
- the film can be produced by stretching under the condition that the magnification is in the range of 0.05 to 0.70.
- the film is stretched in the direction in which the slow axis is desired to be generated, is contracted in the vertical direction (the fast axis direction), and the ratio of the shrinkage rate with respect to the stretching ratio is controlled.
- Retardation increasing ability and chromatic dispersion adjusting ability so that the main chain direction of the additive having chromatic dispersion adjusting ability matches the principal axis direction (stretching direction, slow axis direction) of the resin having positive intrinsic birefringence. It is preferable to control the orientation direction of the main axis of the additive having.
- the orientation direction of the main chain of the additive is controlled so that the main chain direction of the additive coincides with the direction perpendicular to the main axis direction of the resin. It is desirable.
- the shrinkage ratio / stretch ratio is 0.05. Is preferably in the range of ⁇ 0.70, and more preferably in the range of 0.10 to 0.30.
- the process proceeds in the ultraviolet region of 280 nm. It is possible to increase the axis direction of the refractive index n y (280), it can be a steep slope of n y wavelength dispersion in the visible light region.
- the main chain of the additive can be aligned in the direction perpendicular to the main chain of the resin, and the slope of chromatic dispersion in the visible light region can be made steep.
- the stretching step a method of starting shrinkage after stretching within 30 to 70% of the total stretching step is preferable.
- the film is usually stretched in the width direction (TD direction) and contracted in the transport direction (MD direction), but when contracted, it is easy to match the main chain direction when transported in an oblique direction. In addition, the phase difference effect is even greater.
- the shrinkage rate can be determined by the transport angle.
- FIG. 1 is a schematic diagram for explaining the shrinkage ratio in oblique stretching.
- reference symbol A3 is the transport direction (MD direction), and reference symbol A4 indicates the slow axis.
- the slow axis of the retardation film is within a range of 10 to 80 ° with respect to the transport direction, and 30 to The angle is more preferably 60 °, and particularly preferably in the range of 40 to 50 °.
- the shrinkage at that time is preferably in the range of 10 to 50%.
- the retardation film of the present embodiment has an orientation angle of 45 ° ⁇ 2 ° with respect to the transport direction, and can be bonded with a polarizing film in a roll-to-roll manner. It is preferable.
- the orientation angle of the film can be freely set, and the orientation axis of the film can be set to the left and right with high precision across the film width direction.
- a film stretching apparatus that can be oriented and can control the film thickness and retardation with high accuracy is preferable.
- FIG. 2 is a schematic diagram showing an example of an oblique stretching apparatus in which a film feeding direction and a film take-up direction that can be applied to the production of the retardation film of the present embodiment coincide with each other.
- the figure shown here is an example, Comprising: The extending
- reference numeral 12-2 is a guide roll (on the tenter outlet side)
- reference numeral 13 is a film stretching direction
- reference numeral 14-1 is a film feeding direction
- reference numeral 14-2 is a film stretching.
- the direction and reference numeral 15 indicate portions where the conveyance speeds of the left and right grippers are different.
- the pair of left and right grips that grips both ends of the film at the entrance of the stretching device are on the left and right rails in a zone where the distance between the left and right rails is constant in the stretching device at the initial stage.
- the zone where the distance between the left and right rails is widened after that run on the left and right rails at different speeds, and then again on the left and right rails in the zone where the distance between the left and right rails is equal. Run.
- the long film original 4 whose direction is controlled by the guide roll 12-1 on the entrance side of the stretching apparatus is gripped by the gripping tool at the positions of the outer film gripping start point 8-1 and the inner film gripping start point 8-2. Is done. Thereafter, in a region where the distance between the left and right rails is equal, the pair of left and right grips travel on the rails at a constant speed. Thereafter, at points 10-1 and 10-2 at which the left and right rails start to widen, the traveling speed of the left gripping tool (hereinafter also referred to as the high speed gripping tool) is the same as that of the right gripping tool (hereinafter referred to as the low speed gripping tool).
- the high speed side gripping tool is again equal to the low speed side gripping speed.
- the pair of left and right gripping tools starts running again at the same speed. Thereafter, when the low-speed side gripping tool reaches the point 11-1 at which the widening of the left and right rails ends, one of the pair of left and right gripping tools reaches 11-2.
- the pair of left and right clips travel on the left and right rails at a constant speed, the left gripper releases the film at the left grip end point 9-2, and then the right gripper at the right grip end point 9-1. The film is released and the oblique stretching is finished.
- FIG. 2B is a schematic view of an oblique stretching apparatus of a system in which the film feeding direction applicable to the present embodiment and the film take-up direction coincide with each other.
- a pair of left and right grips that grip both ends of the film at the entrance of the stretching apparatus travel on the left and right rails at different speeds in a zone where the distance between the left and right rails is constant in the initial stage of the stretching apparatus.
- the stretching device has a portion where the distance between the left and right rails is increased.
- a pair of left and right grips grip the film at the film grip start points 8-1 and 8-2 at the entrance of the stretching device, and the left and right grips travel on the left and right rails at different speeds.
- the high-speed gripper of the pair of left and right grippers reaches the grip end point 9-2 of the stretching device outlet, the paired low-speed gripper is positioned at 11-1, The film gripped by the pair of left and right grippers is stretched obliquely.
- stretching apparatus shown by FIG.2 (b) has a location where the distance between left-right rails widens, it does not necessarily need to have a location where the distance between left-right rails widens.
- the traveling speed of the gripping tool can be selected as appropriate, but is usually 1 to 100 m / min.
- the pair of left and right grippers traveling at different speeds means that the difference between the travel speeds of the pair of left and right grippers substantially exceeds 1% of the travel speed. That is, the difference between the traveling speeds of the pair of left and right gripping tools is usually 1% or less, preferably 0.5% or less, more preferably 0.1% or less of the traveling speed. This is because if there is a difference in the traveling speed between the left and right sides of the film at the exit of the stretching process, wrinkles and shifts will occur at the exit of the stretching process, so the speed difference between the right and left gripping tools is required to be substantially the same speed. Because.
- the difference in travel speed between the pair of left and right gripping tools is preferably more than 1% of the travel speed and 50% or less, more preferably more than 1% of the travel speed and 30% or less, and more than 1% of the travel speed. 10% or less is more preferable.
- the stretching apparatus shown in FIGS. 2A and 2B may have a known mechanism in which the traveling speed of the gripping tool changes in the middle.
- the film feeding direction and the film take-up direction in the stretching step are obliquely crossed, and 10 ° to It is characterized by being manufactured under the condition that a slow axis is provided within an angle range of 80 °.
- FIG. 3 is a schematic diagram showing an example of an oblique stretching apparatus in which a film feeding direction and a film take-up direction applicable to the present embodiment are obliquely crossed.
- the long film original 4 whose direction is controlled by the guide roll 12-1 on the drawing apparatus entrance side has an outer film holding start point 8-1 and an inner film holding start point 8- It is gripped by the gripping tool at position 2.
- the pair of left and right grippers are transported and stretched at an equal speed with each other in the oblique direction indicated by the outer film gripper trajectory 7-1 and the inner film gripper trajectory 7-2.
- the film holding end point 9-1 and the inner film holding end point 9-2 are released, and the conveyance is controlled by the guide roll 12-2 on the outlet side of the drawing apparatus, whereby the obliquely stretched film 5 is formed.
- the long film original is obliquely stretched at an angle 14 (feeding angle ⁇ i) in the film stretching direction 14-2 with respect to the film feeding direction 14-1.
- reference numeral 5 indicates a long stretched film
- reference numeral W indicates a film width after oblique stretching
- reference numeral Wo indicates a film width before oblique stretching.
- a large bending rate is often required especially for the rail that regulates the locus of the gripping tool inside the stretching apparatus as shown in FIG.
- the bent portion is formed so that the locus of the gripping tool draws an arc.
- the traveling direction 14-1 at the entrance of the stretching device of the long film is different from the traveling direction 14-2 at the exit side of the stretched film.
- the feeding angle ⁇ i is an angle formed between the traveling direction 14-1 at the entrance of the stretching apparatus and the traveling direction 14-2 at the exit side of the stretched film.
- This stretching apparatus can heat a film original fabric to an arbitrary temperature at which it can be stretched and obliquely stretch the film.
- This stretching apparatus includes a heating zone, a pair of rails on the left and right on which a gripping tool for transporting the film travels, and a number of gripping tools that travel on the rails. Both ends of the film sequentially supplied to the inlet of the stretching apparatus are gripped by a gripping tool, the film is guided into the heating zone, and the film is released from the gripping tool at the outlet of the stretching apparatus. The film released from the gripping tool is wound around the core.
- Each of the pair of rails has an endless continuous track, and the gripping tool which has released the grip of the film at the outlet portion of the stretching apparatus travels outside and is sequentially returned to the inlet portion.
- the rail pattern of the stretching apparatus has an asymmetric shape on the left and right, and the rail pattern can be adjusted manually or automatically depending on the orientation angle ⁇ , the stretching ratio, etc. given to the long stretched film to be manufactured.
- the position of each rail part and the rail connecting part can be freely set, and the rail pattern can be arbitrarily changed (circle part in FIG. 3 is an example of the connecting part) Is).
- the gripping tool of the stretching apparatus travels at a constant speed with a constant distance from the front and rear gripping tools.
- the above retardation film may be formed by a melt film forming method.
- the melt film-forming method is a molding method in which a composition containing an additive such as a resin and a plasticizer is heated and melted to a temperature exhibiting fluidity, and then a melt containing a fluid thermoplastic resin is cast. .
- the molding method for heating and melting can be classified into, for example, a melt extrusion molding method, a press molding method, an inflation method, an injection molding method, a blow molding method, and a stretch molding method.
- the melt extrusion method is preferable from the viewpoint of mechanical strength and surface accuracy.
- the plurality of raw materials used in the melt extrusion method are usually preferably kneaded in advance and pelletized.
- Pelletization can be performed by a known method, for example, dry cellulose acylate, plasticizer, and other additives are fed to an extruder with a feeder, and kneaded using a single or twin screw extruder, It can be obtained by extruding into a strand form from a die, cooling with water or air, and cutting.
- the additives may be mixed before being supplied to the extruder, or may be supplied by individual feeders.
- a small amount of additives such as fine particles and antioxidants are preferably mixed in advance in order to mix uniformly.
- the extruder used for pelletization is preferably an extruder that employs a method of processing at as low a temperature as possible so that pelletization can be performed so that the shear force is suppressed and the resin does not deteriorate (molecular weight reduction, coloring, gel formation, etc.).
- a twin screw extruder it is preferable to rotate in the same direction using a deep groove type screw. From the uniformity of kneading, the meshing type is preferable.
- Film formation is performed using the pellets obtained as described above.
- the raw material powder can be put into a feeder as it is, supplied to an extruder, heated and melted, and then directly formed into a film without being pelletized.
- the melting temperature is in the range of 200 to 300 ° C.
- T A film is cast from the die, the film is nipped by a cooling roller and an elastic touch roller, and solidified on the cooling roller.
- the extrusion flow rate is preferably carried out stably by introducing a gear pump.
- a stainless fiber sintered filter is preferably used as a filter used for removing foreign substances.
- a stainless steel fiber sintered filter is a product in which a stainless steel fiber body is intricately intertwined and compressed, and the contact points are sintered and integrated. The density is changed according to the thickness of the fiber and the amount of compression, and filtration is performed. The accuracy can be adjusted.
- Additives such as plasticizers and fine particles may be mixed with the resin in advance, or may be kneaded during the extrusion. In order to add uniformly, it is preferable to use a mixing apparatus such as a static mixer.
- the film temperature on the touch roller side when the film is nipped between the cooling roller and the elastic touch roller is preferably in the range of Tg to Tg + 110 ° C. of the film.
- a known elastic touch roller can be used as the elastic touch roller having an elastic surface used for such a purpose.
- the elastic touch roller is also called a pinching rotary body, and a commercially available one can also be used.
- the film obtained as described above can be subjected to a stretching and shrinking treatment by a stretching operation after passing through a step of contacting a cooling roller.
- a known roller stretching device or oblique stretching device as described above can be preferably used as a method of stretching and shrinking.
- the stretching temperature is usually preferably in the temperature range of Tg to Tg + 60 ° C. of the resin constituting the film.
- the end Before winding, the end may be slit and trimmed to the product width, and knurling (embossing) may be applied to both ends in order to prevent sticking or scratching during winding.
- the knurling method can process a metal ring having an uneven pattern on its side surface by heating or pressing.
- grip part of the clip of both ends of a film is cut out and reused.
- the above retardation film can be formed into a circularly polarizing plate by laminating so that the angle between the slow axis and the transmission axis of the polarizer described later is substantially 45 °.
- substantially 45 ° means within a range of 40 to 50 °.
- the angle between the slow axis in the plane of the retardation film and the transmission axis of the polarizer is preferably in the range of 41 to 49 °, and more preferably in the range of 42 to 48 °. , 43 to 47 ° is more preferable, and 44 to 46 ° is particularly preferable.
- the circularly polarizing plate of this embodiment is produced by cutting a long roll having a long protective film, a long polarizer and a long retardation film in this order. Since the circularly polarizing plate of the present embodiment is produced using the above-described retardation film, it is applied to an organic EL display or the like, which will be described later, so that the specular reflection of the metal electrode of the organic EL element at all wavelengths of visible light. The effect of shielding can be expressed. As a result, reflection during observation can be prevented and black expression can be improved.
- the circularly polarizing plate preferably has an ultraviolet absorption function. It is preferable that the protective film on the viewing side has an ultraviolet absorbing function from the viewpoint that both the polarizer and the organic EL element can exhibit a protective effect against ultraviolet rays. Furthermore, when the retardation film on the light emitter side also has an ultraviolet absorption function, when used in an organic EL display described later, deterioration of the organic EL element can be further suppressed.
- the circularly polarizing plate of the present embodiment uses the retardation film in which the angle of the slow axis (that is, the orientation angle ⁇ ) is adjusted to be “substantially 45 °” with respect to the longitudinal direction, It is possible to form an adhesive layer and bond the polarizing film and the retardation film plate together by a consistent production line. Specifically, after finishing the process of stretching and producing the polarizing film, a step of laminating the polarizing film and the retardation film can be incorporated during or after the subsequent drying process. It can be continuously supplied and can be connected in a production line that is consistent with the next process by winding in a roll state even after bonding.
- a protective film when bonding a polarizing film and retardation film, a protective film can also be simultaneously supplied in a roll state and can also be bonded continuously. From the viewpoint of performance and production efficiency, it is preferable to simultaneously bond the retardation film and the protective film to the polarizing film. That is, after finishing the process of stretching and producing the polarizing film, after the subsequent drying process or after the drying process, the protective film and the retardation film are bonded to both sides with an adhesive, respectively, It is also possible to obtain a circularly polarizing plate.
- the polarizer is preferably sandwiched between the retardation film and the protective film, and a cured layer is preferably laminated on the viewing side of the protective film.
- the organic EL display (organic EL image display device) of this embodiment is produced using the circularly polarizing plate. More specifically, the organic EL display of the present embodiment includes a circularly polarizing plate using the retardation film and an organic EL element. Therefore, the organic EL display is prevented from being reflected during observation, and the black expression is improved.
- the screen size of the organic EL display is not particularly limited, and can be 20 inches or more.
- FIG. 4 is a schematic explanatory diagram of the configuration of the organic EL display of the present embodiment.
- the configuration of the organic EL display of this embodiment is not limited to that shown in FIG.
- a metal electrode 102, a TFT 103, an organic light emitting layer 104, a transparent electrode (ITO, etc.) 105, an insulating layer 106, a sealing layer 107, and a film are sequentially formed on a transparent substrate 101 using glass, polyimide, or the like.
- An organic EL display A is configured by providing the above-described circularly polarizing plate C in which the polarizer 110 is sandwiched between the above-described retardation film 109 and the protective film 111 on the organic EL element B having 108 (can be omitted). It is preferable that a hardened layer 112 is laminated on the protective film 111.
- the hardened layer 112 not only prevents scratches on the surface of the organic EL display but also has an effect of preventing warpage of the circularly polarizing plate. Furthermore, an antireflection layer 113 may be provided on the cured layer.
- the thickness of the organic EL element itself is about 1 ⁇ m.
- the organic light emitting layer is a laminate of various organic thin films, for example, a laminate of a hole injection layer made of a triphenylamine derivative and the like and a light emitting layer made of a fluorescent organic solid such as anthracene, Alternatively, a structure having various combinations such as a laminate of such a light emitting layer and an electron injection layer composed of a perylene derivative or the like, or a laminate of these hole injection layer, light emitting layer, and electron injection layer is known. It has been.
- holes and electrons are injected into the organic light-emitting layer by applying a voltage to the transparent electrode and the metal electrode, and the energy generated by recombination of these holes and electrons excites the fluorescent material. It emits light on the principle that it emits light when the excited fluorescent material returns to the ground state.
- the mechanism of recombination in the middle is the same as that of a general diode, and as can be predicted from this, the current and the emission intensity show strong nonlinearity with rectification with respect to the applied voltage.
- an organic EL display in order to take out light emitted from the organic light emitting layer, at least one of the electrodes needs to be transparent.
- a transparent electrode formed of a transparent conductor such as indium tin oxide (ITO) is used. It is preferably used as an anode.
- ITO indium tin oxide
- metal electrodes such as Mg—Ag and Al—Li are used.
- the circularly polarizing plate having the above-mentioned ⁇ / 4 retardation film can be applied to an organic EL display having a large screen having a screen size of 20 inches or more, that is, a diagonal distance of 50.8 cm or more.
- the organic light emitting layer is formed of a very thin film having a thickness of about 10 nm. Therefore, the organic light emitting layer transmits light almost completely like the transparent electrode. As a result, light that is incident from the surface of the transparent substrate at the time of non-light emission, passes through the transparent electrode and the organic light emitting layer, and is reflected by the metal electrode is again emitted to the surface side of the transparent substrate.
- the display surface of the organic EL display looks like a mirror surface.
- an organic EL display including an organic EL element having a transparent electrode on the surface side of an organic light emitting layer that emits light by applying a voltage and a metal electrode on the back side of the organic light emitting layer, the surface side (viewing side) of the transparent electrode ), And a retardation plate between the transparent electrode and the polarizing plate.
- the retardation film and the polarizing plate have a function of polarizing light incident from the outside and reflected by the metal electrode, there is an effect that the mirror surface of the metal electrode is not visually recognized by the polarization action.
- the retardation film is composed of a quarter retardation film and the angle formed by the polarization direction of the polarizing plate and the retardation film is adjusted to ⁇ / 4, the mirror surface of the metal electrode can be completely shielded. it can.
- the external light incident on the organic EL display is transmitted only through the linearly polarized light component by the polarizing plate, and this linearly polarized light is generally elliptically polarized by the retardation plate.
- the retardation film is a ⁇ / 4 retardation film.
- the angle formed by the polarization direction of the polarizing plate and the retardation film is ⁇ / 4, circular polarization is obtained.
- This circularly polarized light is transmitted through the transparent substrate, transparent electrode, and organic thin film, reflected by the metal electrode, again transmitted through the organic thin film, transparent electrode, and transparent substrate, and becomes linearly polarized light again on the retardation film. And since this linearly polarized light is orthogonal to the polarization direction of a polarizing plate, it cannot permeate
- the retardation film of one aspect of the present invention has an in-plane retardation Ro 550 at a wavelength of 550 nm of 100 to 155 nm, and a ratio of the in-plane retardation Ro 450 at a wavelength of 450 nm to Ro 550 (Ro 450 / Ro 550 ). Is 0.72 to 0.95, and the ratio of Ro 550 to the in-plane retardation Ro 650 at a wavelength of 650 nm (Ro 550 / Ro 650 ) is 0.83 to 0.97, and is in the longitudinal direction.
- the retardation film has a resin having positive intrinsic birefringence as a main component, and has addition of retardation increasing ability and wavelength dispersion adjusting ability And an additive having negative intrinsic birefringence.
- a circularly polarizing plate used for a display requiring high contrast such as an organic EL display, as a ⁇ / 4 retardation film that substantially exhibits a ⁇ / 4 retardation in a wide band.
- the retardation film of the present invention has an angle of 10 to 80 ° with respect to the longitudinal direction, the retardation film can be bonded to the polarizing film by roll-to-roll, and undergoes a complicated assembly process. And can be used when producing a circularly polarizing plate.
- the in-plane retardation Ro 550 is expressed by a retardation which is expressed by a resin having positive intrinsic birefringence, and an additive having retardation increasing ability and wavelength dispersion adjusting ability. Achieved as the sum of phase differences. Therefore, since a necessary in-plane retardation can be obtained without excessively depending on the retardation increasing ability of the additive, it is possible to suppress the additive amount of the additive and suppress the occurrence of cloudiness.
- the retardation film of the present invention increases the reverse wavelength dispersion characteristics by adding an additive having negative intrinsic birefringence to a resin having positive intrinsic birefringence, and also has retardation increasing ability and wavelength dispersion adjusting ability.
- an additive having the above is configured to supplement the reverse wavelength dispersion characteristics. With such a configuration, the additive having negative intrinsic birefringence and the additive having retardation increasing ability and wavelength dispersion adjusting ability can obtain the necessary reverse wavelength dispersion characteristics. It is not necessary to adjust the wavelength dispersion characteristics with an additive alone having a wavelength dispersion adjusting ability. Therefore, it is easy to adjust the additive, and it is possible to select the additive by giving priority to the compatibility with the resin as the base material.
- each addition amount can be suppressed and the cloudiness of a film can also be suppressed.
- the wavelength dispersion characteristic is adjusted by the resin having positive intrinsic birefringence and the additive having negative intrinsic birefringence, the retardation expression is lowered, but it is lowered by the additive having negative intrinsic birefringence. Since the retardation developing property can be supplemented by an additive having retardation increasing ability and wavelength dispersion adjusting ability, a necessary retardation can be achieved without excessively increasing the draw ratio.
- the retardation film of the present invention is excellent in visibility even when applied to a display such as an organic EL display that requires high contrast, has high retardation expression, has excellent reverse wavelength dispersion characteristics, and , Cloudiness is suppressed.
- the resin having positive intrinsic birefringence is preferably a cellulose ester having an acyl substitution degree of 1.5 to 2.55.
- the retardation film of the present invention can impart a high retardation expression without deteriorating the reverse wavelength dispersion characteristics by using a cellulose ester resin having an acyl substitution degree within the above range.
- the load can be reduced and the transparency of the retardation film can be further increased.
- the additive having the retardation increasing ability and the wavelength dispersion adjusting ability is preferably a compound defined by the following general formula (A).
- L 1 and L 2 each independently represent a single bond or a divalent linking group, R 1 , R 2 and R 3 each independently represent a substituent, and n represents an integer of 0 to 2)
- Wa and Wb each represent a hydrogen atom or a substituent, (I) Wa and Wb may be bonded to each other to form a ring, and (II) at least one of Wa and Wb has a ring structure Or (III) at least one of Wa and Wb may be an alkenyl group or an alkynyl group)
- the compound represented by the general formula (A) by using the compound represented by the general formula (A), high retardation expression can be imparted to the film, and good reverse wavelength dispersion characteristics can be imparted.
- the additive having negative intrinsic birefringence contains at least one selected from the group consisting of an aliphatic polyester polymer, an acrylic polymer, and a styrene maleic acid polymer.
- the retardation film of the present invention can impart good reverse wavelength dispersion characteristics while adjusting the retardation expression by using the above compound as an additive having negative intrinsic birefringence.
- the circularly polarizing plate according to one aspect of the present invention includes the retardation film and a polarizer.
- the circularly polarizing plate of the present invention is produced using the above retardation film, the effect of shielding the specular reflection of the metal electrode of the organic EL element at all wavelengths of visible light when applied to an organic EL display or the like. Can be expressed. As a result, reflection during observation can be prevented and black expression can be improved.
- the circularly polarizing plate is arranged on the viewing side.
- the circularly polarizing plate is disposed on the viewer side, reflection during observation can be prevented and black expression can be improved.
- the present invention even when applied to a display that requires high contrast such as an organic EL display, it has excellent visibility, high retardation development, excellent reverse wavelength dispersion characteristics, and suppresses white turbidity. It is possible to provide a retardation film capable of imparting a retardation of substantially ⁇ / 4 to the obtained broadband light, a circularly polarizing plate produced using the retardation film, and an organic EL display.
- Example 1 ⁇ Production of retardation film> (Preparation of fine particle dispersion) Fine particles (Aerosil R812 manufactured by Nippon Aerosil Co., Ltd.) 11 parts by mass Ethanol 89 parts by mass The above was stirred and mixed with a dissolver for 50 minutes, and then dispersed using a Manton Gorin disperser to prepare a fine particle dispersion.
- Fine particle additive solution 50 parts by mass of methylene chloride was placed in the dissolution tank, and 50 parts by mass of the fine particle dispersion prepared above was slowly added while sufficiently stirring the methylene chloride. Further, the particles were dispersed by an attritor so that the secondary particles had a particle size of about 0.01 to 1.0 ⁇ m. This was filtered through Finemet NF manufactured by Nippon Seisen Co., Ltd. to prepare a fine particle additive solution.
- additive A-1 having the structure shown below, additive B-1 having negative intrinsic birefringence (succinic acid / propylene glycol terminal hydroxyl group, number Average molecular weight Mn: 400), sugar ester compound (benzyl saccharose with an average substitution degree of 7.3) and the fine particle addition liquid prepared above were put into the main dissolution vessel in the following ratio, sealed, and dissolved with stirring.
- a dope solution was prepared.
- the stretching / shrinkage ratio shown in Table 1 is set so that the slow axis forms 45 ° with the film longitudinal direction using the stretching apparatus shown in FIG.
- the film was stretched in an oblique direction to prepare a retardation film having a slow axis in a direction of 43 ° with respect to the longitudinal direction.
- Examples 2 to 24 and Comparative Examples 1 to 3, 5 The resin having positive intrinsic birefringence, the additive having retardation increasing ability and wavelength dispersion adjusting ability, the additive having negative intrinsic birefringence, the slow axis angle and the film thickness were used under the conditions shown in Table 1. A retardation film was produced in the same manner as the retardation film of Example 1 except that the change was made.
- additives A-2 to A-8 having retardation increasing ability and wavelength dispersion adjusting ability used in Examples 2 to 24 and Comparative Examples 1 to 5, addition having negative intrinsic birefringence Agents B-2 to B-6 are shown below.
- B-6 Styrene maleic acid copolymer (manufactured by Elf Atchem: SMA1000P), number average molecular weight Mn: 2000
- the retardation films produced in Examples 1 to 24 and Comparative Examples 1 to 5 were in-plane at wavelengths of 450 nm, 550 nm, and 650 nm using Axoscan made by Axometrics under an environment of 23 ° C. and 55% RH.
- Directional retardation Ro 450 , Ro 550 and Ro 650 were measured, and Ro 450 / Ro 550 and Ro 550 / Ro 650 were calculated.
- the orientation angle was also measured using an Axoscan manufactured by Axometrics.
- the solid component was made only cellulose acylate except for the additive having retardation increasing ability and wavelength dispersion adjusting ability, the additive having negative intrinsic birefringence, the plasticizer, and the matting agent. Except for the above, a film was prepared under the same conditions, and the in-plane retardation Rc 550 at a wavelength of 550 nm was measured.
- a film is prepared under the same conditions except that the solid component is only an additive having cellulose acylate, retardation increasing ability and wavelength dispersion adjusting ability, and the above-mentioned retardation from in-plane direction retardation at a wavelength of 550 nm By subtracting Rc 550 , in-plane retardation Ra 550 at a wavelength of 550 nm was calculated. Further, similarly, a film is prepared under the same conditions except that the solid component is only cellulose acylate and an additive having negative intrinsic birefringence, and the Rc 550 is subtracted from the in-plane retardation at a wavelength of 550 nm.
- retardation Rb 550 in the in-plane direction at a wavelength of 550 nm was calculated. Based on these, to calculate the ratio of Ra 550 against Ro 550 (Ra 550 / Ro 550 ⁇ 100).
- the film thickness was measured using a commercially available micrometer. Tables 1 and 2 show the film characteristic values obtained as described above.
- a polyvinyl alcohol film having a thickness of 120 ⁇ m was uniaxially stretched (temperature: 110 ° C., stretch ratio: 5 times). This was immersed in an aqueous solution composed of 0.075 g of iodine, 5 g of potassium iodide and 100 g of water for 60 seconds, and then immersed in an aqueous solution of 68 ° C. composed of 6 g of potassium iodide, 7.5 g of boric acid and 100 g of water. This was washed with water and dried to obtain a polarizer.
- a polarizer according to the following steps 1 to 5 the respective retardation films produced in Examples 1 to 22 or Comparative Examples 1 and 2, and a protective film (described later) on the back side are rolled so that the longitudinal direction is aligned.
- -A circularly polarizing plate was prepared by bonding with a toe roll.
- Step 1 The retardation film was immersed in a 2 mol / L sodium hydroxide solution at 60 ° C. for 90 seconds, then washed with water and dried to saponify the side to be bonded to the polarizer.
- Step 2 The polarizer was immersed in a polyvinyl alcohol adhesive tank having a solid content of 2% by mass for 1 to 2 seconds.
- Step 3 Excess adhesive adhered to the polarizer in Step 2 was gently wiped off and placed on the retardation film treated in Step 1. At that time, a tension of 50 N / m was applied to the retardation film and the polarizer so as not to sag.
- Step 4 The retardation film, the polarizer, and the protective film laminated in Step 3 were bonded at a pressure of 20 to 30 N / cm 2 and a conveyance speed of about 2 m / min.
- Process 5 The sample which bonded the polarizer, retardation film, and protective film which were produced in the process 4 in the 80 degreeC dryer was dried for 2 minutes.
- ⁇ Preparation of protective film> 251 g of 1,2-propylene glycol, 278 g of phthalic anhydride, 91 g of adipic acid, 610 g of benzoic acid, 0.191 g of tetraisopropyl titanate as an esterification catalyst, 2 L four-neck equipped with a thermometer, stirrer, and slow cooling tube The flask was charged and gradually heated with stirring until it reached 230 ° C. in a nitrogen stream. An ester compound was obtained by allowing dehydration condensation reaction for 15 hours, and distilling off unreacted 1,2-propylene glycol under reduced pressure at 200 ° C. after completion of the reaction. The acid value was 0.10 mg KOH / g, and the number average molecular weight was 450.
- the belt casting apparatus was used to uniformly cast on a stainless steel band support.
- the solvent was evaporated until the residual solvent amount reached 100%, and the stainless steel band support was peeled off.
- Cellulose ester film web was evaporated at 35 ° C, slitted to 1.65m width, stretched at 160 ° C while applying heat at 160 ° C, 30% in TD direction (film width direction), MD direction draw ratio was stretched 1%.
- the residual solvent amount when starting stretching was 20%. Then, after drying for 15 minutes while transporting the inside of a drying device at 120 ° C.
- the orientation angle ⁇ of the protective film was measured using KOBRA-21ADH manufactured by Oji Scientific Instruments, and as a result, it was in the range of 90 ° ⁇ 1 ° with respect to the longitudinal direction of the film.
- FIG. 5 is a schematic diagram of the configuration of the organic EL display of the present embodiment.
- a reflective electrode made of chromium is formed on a transparent glass substrate 1a, ITO is formed on the reflective electrode as a metal electrode 2a (anode), and poly (3,3 is formed on the anode as a hole transport layer.
- PDOT: PSS 4-Ethylenedioxythiophene) -polystyrene sulfonate
- red light emitting layer 3aR tris (8-hydroxyquinolinate) aluminum (Alq 3 ) shown below as a host and a luminescent compound [4- (dicyanomethylene) -2-methyl-6 (p-dimethylaminostyryl) -4H -Pyran] (DCM) were co-evaporated (mass ratio 99: 1) to form a thickness of 100 nm.
- the green light emitting layer 3aG was formed to a thickness of 100 nm by co-evaporating Alq 3 as a host and the light emitting compound coumarin 6 (mass ratio 99: 1).
- BAlq shown below and a light emitting compound Perylene were co-deposited (mass ratio 90:10) as a host and formed to a thickness of 100 nm.
- calcium is deposited to a thickness of 4 nm by vacuum deposition as a first cathode having a low work function so that electrons can be efficiently injected onto the light emitting layer, and a second cathode is formed on the first cathode.
- aluminum was formed to have a thickness of 2 nm.
- the aluminum used as the second cathode has a role of preventing the first cathode calcium from being chemically altered when the transparent electrode 4a formed thereon is formed by sputtering. .
- an organic light emitting layer was formed.
- a transparent conductive film was formed on the cathode so as to have a thickness of 80 nm by sputtering. ITO was used as the transparent conductive film.
- a silicon nitride film was formed on the transparent conductive film by a CVD method so as to have a thickness of 200 nm, thereby forming the insulating film 5a, and the organic EL element 11a was manufactured.
- reference numeral 6a is an adhesive layer
- reference numeral 7a is a polarizing plate protective film (retardation film)
- reference numeral 8a is a polarizer
- reference numeral 9a is a polarizing plate protective film
- reference numeral 10a is a polarizing plate. Show.
- each organic EL display was produced by bonding to the viewing side of the organic EL element.
- blank haze 1 (external haze value) of a measuring instrument other than the retardation film was measured.
- One drop (0.05 ml) of glycerin was dropped on a glass slide that had been washed cleanly, taking care not to enter air bubbles.
- a cover glass was placed thereon, and glycerin was spread over the entire surface of the cover glass. It set to the haze meter shown below and measured blank haze 1 (external haze value).
- haze 2 total haze value
- total haze value including the retardation film was measured by the following procedure. 0.05 ml of glycerol was dripped on the slide glass. A retardation film to be measured was placed thereon so as not to contain air bubbles.
- the laminate (cover glass / glycerin / retardation film / glycerin / slide glass) prepared as described above was set on a haze meter, and haze 2 was measured.
- the internal haze value was determined from the following formula. The internal haze was measured under an environment of 23 ° C. and 55% RH using a retardation film conditioned for 5 hours or more in an environment of 23 ° C. and 55% RH.
- the haze meter, glass, and glycerin used for the above measurement are shown below.
- Haze meter Haze meter (turbidity meter) (model: NDH 2000, manufactured by Nippon Denshoku Co., Ltd.), light source: 5V9W halogen bulb, light receiving part: silicon photocell (with a relative visibility filter), measurement: JIS K- 7136.
- Slide glass MICRO SLIDE GLASS S9213 MATSUNAMI Cover glass: Matsunami cover glass 24 ⁇ 50mm (KN33221827)
- Glycerin manufactured by Kanto Chemical Co., Inc. Deer special grade (purity> 99.0%), refractive index 1.47, based on each of the above measured internal hazes, the scattering resistance of each retardation film was determined according to the following criteria. evaluated. The results are shown in Table 2.
- A Nine or more monitors were judged to be good BGR color images. ⁇ : It was determined that 7 to 8 monitors had good BGR color images. ⁇ : It was determined that 5 to 6 monitors were good BGR color images. X: The number of monitors judged to be good BGR color images was 4 or less.
- the retardation film of the present invention has low internal haze and good transparency.
- An organic EL display using a circularly polarizing plate produced using this retardation film has a color It was found that it was excellent in visibility such as taste and black display characteristics.
- the present invention can be widely used in technical fields such as a retardation film, a circularly polarizing plate produced using the retardation film, and an organic EL display.
Landscapes
- Chemical & Material Sciences (AREA)
- Health & Medical Sciences (AREA)
- Chemical Kinetics & Catalysis (AREA)
- Medicinal Chemistry (AREA)
- Polymers & Plastics (AREA)
- Organic Chemistry (AREA)
- Physics & Mathematics (AREA)
- Optics & Photonics (AREA)
- General Physics & Mathematics (AREA)
- Engineering & Computer Science (AREA)
- Manufacturing & Machinery (AREA)
- Toxicology (AREA)
- Materials Engineering (AREA)
- Polarising Elements (AREA)
- Electroluminescent Light Sources (AREA)
Abstract
Description
本発明は、位相差フィルム、該位相差フィルムを用いて作製した円偏光板および有機ELディスプレイに関する。 The present invention relates to a retardation film, a circularly polarizing plate produced using the retardation film, and an organic EL display.
近年、電極間に設けた発光層に電圧を印加して発光させる有機エレクトロルミネッセンス素子(以下、単に有機EL素子という場合がある)が、盛んに研究、開発されている。有機EL素子は、発光効率、低電圧駆動、軽量、低コストという優れた特性を有することから、平面型照明、光ファイバー用光源、液晶ディスプレイ用バックライト、液晶プロジェクタ用バックライト、ディスプレイ等の各種光源として利用され、極めて注目を浴びている。 In recent years, organic electroluminescence elements that emit light by applying a voltage to a light emitting layer provided between electrodes (hereinafter sometimes simply referred to as organic EL elements) have been actively researched and developed. Organic EL elements have excellent characteristics such as luminous efficiency, low voltage drive, light weight, and low cost, so various light sources such as flat illumination, optical fiber light source, liquid crystal display backlight, liquid crystal projector backlight, display, etc. It is used as and has received a great deal of attention.
有機EL素子は、陰極から電子、陽極から正孔を注入し、両者を発光層で再結合させることにより、発光層の発光特性に対応した可視光線の発光を生じさせる。 The organic EL element injects electrons from the cathode and holes from the anode, and recombines them with the light emitting layer, thereby generating visible light emission corresponding to the light emission characteristics of the light emitting layer.
陽極には、透明導電性材料が使用される。透明導電性材料の中でも、最も電気伝導度が高く、比較的仕事関数が大きく、高い正孔注入効率が得られる点から、酸化インジウムスズ(ITO)が、主に使用されている。 A transparent conductive material is used for the anode. Among transparent conductive materials, indium tin oxide (ITO) is mainly used because it has the highest electrical conductivity, a relatively large work function, and high hole injection efficiency.
一方、陰極には、通常、金属電極が使用される。金属電極の中でも、電子注入効率を考慮し、仕事関数の点から、Mg、Mg/Ag、Mg/In、Al、Li/Al等の金属材料が主に使用されている。これらの金属材料は、光反射率が高く、電極(陰極)としての機能のほかに、発光層で発光した光を反射し、出射光量(発光輝度)を高める機能も担っている。すなわち、陰極方向に発光した光は、陰極である金属材料表面で鏡面反射し、透明なITO電極(陽極)から出射光として取り出される。 On the other hand, a metal electrode is usually used for the cathode. Among metal electrodes, metal materials such as Mg, Mg / Ag, Mg / In, Al, and Li / Al are mainly used from the viewpoint of work function in consideration of electron injection efficiency. These metal materials have high light reflectivity, and in addition to the function as an electrode (cathode), they also have a function of reflecting light emitted from the light emitting layer and increasing the amount of emitted light (light emission luminance). That is, the light emitted in the cathode direction is mirror-reflected on the surface of the metal material that is the cathode, and is extracted as outgoing light from the transparent ITO electrode (anode).
しかしながら、このような構造を有する有機EL素子は、陰極が光反射性の強い鏡面となっているため、発光していない状態では外光反射が著しく目立つことになる。すなわち、観察時の室内照明の映り込みなどが激しく、明所では黒色が表現できなくなり、ディスプレイ用の光源として使用するためには明室コントラストが極端に低い、という問題がある。 However, in the organic EL element having such a structure, since the cathode has a mirror surface with high light reflectivity, external light reflection is noticeable in a state where no light is emitted. That is, there is a problem that the interior lighting during observation is intense, black color cannot be expressed in a bright place, and the bright room contrast is extremely low for use as a light source for a display.
この問題を改善するために、鏡面の外光反射防止に円偏光素子(以下、単に円偏光板という場合もある)を使用する方法が開示されている(たとえば特許文献1参照)。特許文献1に記載されている円偏光素子では、吸収型直線偏光板と1/4位相差フィルムとが、偏光板の吸収軸と1/4位相差フィルムの面内の遅相軸とが45°(または135°)で交差するように積層されて形成されている。 In order to improve this problem, a method is disclosed in which a circularly polarizing element (hereinafter sometimes simply referred to as a circularly polarizing plate) is used to prevent reflection of external light from a mirror surface (see, for example, Patent Document 1). In the circularly polarizing element described in Patent Document 1, the absorption linear polarizing plate and the quarter retardation film have an absorption axis of the polarizing plate and an in-plane slow axis of the quarter retardation film of 45. It is formed by being laminated so as to intersect at a degree (or 135 degrees).
円偏光素子を用いることで、偏光子を透過した直線偏光は、1/4位相差フィルムにより完全に円偏光に変換され、前述の金属面で反射されることで逆回転の円偏光となり、再度1/4位相差フィルムを通過することで、入射した光と直行する直線偏光に変換されるため、偏光子で完全に遮断することができる。しかし、使用される光源が可視光域全般(例えば約400nm~700nm)に波長領域を有する光であるのに対し、位相差フィルムの位相差がある波長に対しては丁度1/4波長となり得るが、他の波長ではその位相差が1/4波長からずれることがある。その結果、少なくとも一部の光に対しては1/4位相差フィルムとして機能しないことがある。すなわち、たとえば、550nmの緑色光に対する1/4位相差フィルムとして機能する場合、それより長波長の赤色光や、短波長の青色光の反射を完全に防止することが困難になり、特に、青色光に対する位相差のずれが大きく、反射色が青色味がかるという問題がある。 By using the circularly polarizing element, the linearly polarized light transmitted through the polarizer is completely converted to circularly polarized light by the quarter retardation film and reflected by the above-mentioned metal surface to become reversely rotated circularly polarized light. By passing through the ¼ retardation film, it is converted into linearly polarized light that is orthogonal to the incident light, so that it can be completely blocked by a polarizer. However, while the light source used is light having a wavelength region in the entire visible light region (for example, about 400 nm to 700 nm), it can be exactly ¼ wavelength for a wavelength having a phase difference of the retardation film. However, at other wavelengths, the phase difference may deviate from the quarter wavelength. As a result, it may not function as a quarter retardation film for at least part of the light. That is, for example, when functioning as a ¼ retardation film for green light of 550 nm, it becomes difficult to completely prevent reflection of red light having a longer wavelength or blue light having a shorter wavelength. There is a problem that the phase difference with respect to light is large and the reflected color is blue.
したがって、可視光の全波長に対して反射を防止するためには、可視光域の全波長領域で実質的にλ/4の位相差値を有する逆波長分散特性(長波長ほど位相差値が大きい)を備えていることが望ましい。このような逆波長分散特性を示すフィルムとして、特許文献2~6に記載のフィルムが知られている。 Therefore, in order to prevent reflection with respect to all wavelengths of visible light, an inverse wavelength dispersion characteristic having a phase difference value of substantially λ / 4 in all wavelength regions of the visible light region (the phase difference value becomes longer for longer wavelengths). Large) is desirable. As films exhibiting such reverse wavelength dispersion characteristics, the films described in Patent Documents 2 to 6 are known.
特許文献2および特許文献3には、複数の延伸フィルムを積層することで、逆波長分散特性を示すように調整された位相差板が開示されている。特許文献2および特許文献3に記載の位相差板は、積層構造であるため、それぞれの延伸フィルムの遅相軸を特定の配置になるように組み付けた上に、さらに偏光子に対して特定の配置で組み付ける必要があり、煩雑な作業を要するとともに、組み付け精度が充分でないと反射光の光漏れによるコントラストの低下を招く場合がある。さらに、このような位相差板は、積層構造であるため厚みが大きくなり、結果としてディスプレイの厚みが大きくなるという問題がある。 Patent Document 2 and Patent Document 3 disclose a retardation plate adjusted to exhibit reverse wavelength dispersion characteristics by laminating a plurality of stretched films. Since the retardation plate described in Patent Document 2 and Patent Document 3 has a laminated structure, the retardation axis of each stretched film is assembled so as to have a specific arrangement, and further, specific to the polarizer. Since it is necessary to assemble by arrangement, a complicated operation is required, and if the assembling accuracy is not sufficient, the contrast may be lowered due to light leakage of reflected light. Further, since such a retardation plate has a laminated structure, the thickness is increased, resulting in a problem that the thickness of the display is increased.
そこで、単層のλ/4位相差フィルムを作製する試みがされている。たとえば、特許文献4には、ノルボルネン系樹脂と負の固有複屈折を有するポリマーを含む樹脂からなる単層フィルムが開示されている。また、特許文献5には、正の固有複屈折を有するモノマー単位と負の固有複屈折を有するモノマー単位とを含むポリマーから構成された単層フィルムが開示されている。このような技術によれば、正の固有複屈折を有する樹脂に、負の固有複屈折を有するポリマーを添加することで、単層構成により位相差に逆波長分散特性を付与することは可能である。しかしながら、正の固有複屈折を有する樹脂に対し、負の固有複屈折を有するポリマーを添加する場合には、それぞれの成分が延伸方向に対して直行する方向に位相差を発現して互いに打ち消し合うため、位相差の発現性が大きく低下することとなる。したがって、実質的にλ/4程度の位相差を付与しようとした場合には延伸倍率を大きくする必要があり、白濁(ヘイズ)の発生の原因となる。また、延伸による白濁以外にも、製造時に原料をブレンドした際の相分離による白濁も発生しやすく、得られる位相差フィルムを高いコントラストが求められる有機ELディスプレイのような光学用途に使用すると問題となる場合があった。
Therefore, an attempt has been made to produce a single-layer λ / 4 retardation film. For example,
また、セルロースエステル樹脂にリタデーション上昇能と波長分散調整能を有する特定の添加剤を加えることで、位相差を発現させるとともに位相差に逆波長分散特性を付与する技術が検討されている(例えば、特許文献6)。このような技術によれば、添加剤によりリタデーション発現性を高めることで、延伸倍率を比較的小さく押さえて所望の位相差を得ることができる。しかし、添加剤で必要な位相差と波長分散特性を全て調整しようとすれば、多量に添加する必要があり、白濁の原因となりやすい。また、このような添加剤は、分子の長軸方向が延伸方向に配向することでリタデーション発現性を高める機能を発現するが、リタデーション発現性に加えて必要な逆波長分散特性をバランスよく発現するような添加剤を調整することは困難であるとともに、充分な逆波長分散特性を得るためには、分子の長軸方向と直行する方向に比較的大きな分子構造を付与する必要があり、樹脂との相溶性が低下してしまい、結果としてフィルムの白濁を招き、ディスプレイのコントラストを低下させる問題があった。 In addition, by adding a specific additive having retardation increasing ability and wavelength dispersion adjusting ability to the cellulose ester resin, a technique for expressing a phase difference and imparting reverse wavelength dispersion characteristics to the phase difference has been studied (for example, Patent Document 6). According to such a technique, it is possible to obtain a desired phase difference while keeping the draw ratio relatively small by increasing the retardation expression with an additive. However, if all the phase difference and wavelength dispersion characteristics required by the additive are to be adjusted, it is necessary to add a large amount, which tends to cause white turbidity. Moreover, such an additive expresses a function of improving retardation expression by orienting the long axis direction of the molecule in the stretching direction, but in addition to the retardation expression, the necessary reverse wavelength dispersion characteristic is expressed in a balanced manner. It is difficult to adjust such additives, and in order to obtain sufficient reverse wavelength dispersion characteristics, it is necessary to provide a relatively large molecular structure in the direction perpendicular to the major axis direction of the molecule. As a result, there is a problem that the film becomes cloudy and the contrast of the display is lowered.
また、円偏光素子を得る場合には、上述のように偏光子の吸収軸と位相差フィルムの遅相軸を45°に調整する必要がある。このような円偏光素子を得るためには、従来のように幅手方向や長尺方向に延伸して位相差を発現させた位相差フィルムを用いると位相差フィルムまたは偏光子を特定の大きさに切りだした後に斜めに貼り合わせて再び所望の大きさに断裁する必要があり、効率が悪く、断裁の際に発生する切りくずがフィルムに付着して散乱を発生し、コントラスト悪化の原因となる場合がある。これに対し、斜め方向に延伸処理を行って長尺方向に対して斜め方向に遅相軸を有する位相差フィルムとすることで、偏光子と位相差フィルムをロール・トゥ・ロールで貼り合わせることが可能となり、上述の問題を解消することができるため、斜め方向に遅相軸を持たせた位相差フィルムの開発が検討されている。しかしながら、位相差を斜めに発現させるためには、遅相軸を斜め方向に配向させるために必然的に高倍率の延伸処理が必要とされ、白濁が発生しやすいため、位相差フィルムの白濁を抑制するための技術が必要とされている。 Also, when obtaining a circularly polarizing element, it is necessary to adjust the absorption axis of the polarizer and the slow axis of the retardation film to 45 ° as described above. In order to obtain such a circularly polarizing element, a retardation film or a polarizer having a specific size can be obtained by using a retardation film that has been stretched in the width direction or the longitudinal direction to develop a retardation as in the prior art. It is necessary to cut it into a desired size and cut it again to the desired size, which is inefficient, the chips generated at the time of cutting adhere to the film, cause scattering, and cause deterioration in contrast. There is a case. On the other hand, the polarizer and the retardation film are bonded to each other by roll-to-roll by performing a stretching process in the oblique direction to obtain a retardation film having a slow axis in the oblique direction with respect to the longitudinal direction. Therefore, the development of a retardation film having a slow axis in an oblique direction has been studied. However, in order to express the phase difference diagonally, a high-magnification stretching process is inevitably required to orient the slow axis in the diagonal direction, and white turbidity tends to occur. There is a need for technology to control.
本発明は、このような従来の問題に鑑みてなされたものであり、有機ELディスプレイのような高いコントラストが求められるディスプレイに適用した場合においても視認性に優れ、位相差発現性が高く、優れた逆波長分散特性を備え、且つ、白濁が抑えられた広帯域の光に対し実質的にλ/4の位相差を付与できる位相差フィルム、該位相差フィルムを用いて作製した円偏光板および有機ELディスプレイを提供することを目的とする。 The present invention has been made in view of such conventional problems, and is excellent in visibility and high in retardation development even when applied to a display such as an organic EL display that requires high contrast. A retardation film having a reverse wavelength dispersion characteristic and capable of providing a phase difference of λ / 4 to broadband light with suppressed white turbidity, a circularly polarizing plate produced using the retardation film, and organic An object is to provide an EL display.
本発明者らは、鋭意検討の結果、正の固有複屈折を有する樹脂と、リタデーション上昇能と波長分散調整能とを有する添加剤と、負の固有複屈折を有する添加剤とを組み合わせることにより、フィルムの白濁によるディスプレイのコントラストの低下を抑制することができ、厚膜化させることなく実質的にλ/4の位相差を発現させることができるとともに、優れた逆波長分散特性を備えた広帯域の位相差フィルムが得られることを見いだした。 As a result of intensive studies, the present inventors have combined a resin having positive intrinsic birefringence, an additive having retardation increasing ability and wavelength dispersion adjusting ability, and an additive having negative intrinsic birefringence. , Which can suppress the decrease in display contrast due to white turbidity of the film, can exhibit a λ / 4 phase difference substantially without increasing the thickness, and has a wide band with excellent reverse wavelength dispersion characteristics It was found that a retardation film can be obtained.
本発明の一局面の位相差フィルムは、波長550nmにおける面内位相差Ro550が100~155nmであり、Ro550に対する波長450nmにおける面内位相差Ro450の比率(Ro450/Ro550)が、0.72~0.95であり、波長650nmにおける面内位相差Ro650に対するRo550の比率(Ro550/Ro650)が、0.83~0.97であり、長尺方向に対して遅相軸が10~80°の角度を有する位相差フィルムにおいて、前記位相差フィルムが主たる成分として正の固有複屈折を有する樹脂を有し、リタデーション上昇能と波長分散調整能とを有する添加剤と、負の固有複屈折を有する添加剤とを含有する。 The retardation film of one aspect of the present invention has an in-plane retardation Ro 550 at a wavelength of 550 nm of 100 to 155 nm, and a ratio of the in-plane retardation Ro 450 at a wavelength of 450 nm to Ro 550 (Ro 450 / Ro 550 ) The ratio of Ro 550 to the in-plane retardation Ro 650 at a wavelength of 650 nm (Ro 550 / Ro 650 ) is 0.83 to 0.97, and is slow with respect to the longitudinal direction. In the retardation film having an angle of 10 to 80 ° in the phase axis, the retardation film has a resin having positive intrinsic birefringence as a main component, and an additive having retardation increasing ability and wavelength dispersion adjusting ability; And an additive having negative intrinsic birefringence.
本発明の目的、特徴および利点は、以下の詳細な説明と添付図面とによって、より明白となる。 The objects, features and advantages of the present invention will become more apparent from the following detailed description and the accompanying drawings.
以下、本発明を実施するための形態について詳細に説明するが、本発明はこれに限定されるものではない。 Hereinafter, although the form for implementing this invention is demonstrated in detail, this invention is not limited to this.
<位相差フィルム>
本実施形態の位相差フィルム(以下、単にセルロースアシレートフィルムという場合がある)は、正の固有複屈折を有する樹脂と、リタデーション上昇能と波長分散調整能とを有する添加剤と、負の固有複屈折を有する添加剤とを含有し、長尺方向に対して遅相軸が10~80°の角度を有する。このように長尺方向に対する遅相軸の角度を10~80°とする方法としては、製膜された延伸前のフィルムに対して後述する斜め延伸を行う方法を挙げることができる。なお、本明細書において「位相差フィルム」とは、透過する光に対して位相差を付与する特定の光学的機能を有する光学フィルムを意味しており、所定の光の波長(通常、可視光領域)に対して、実質的に波長の1/4の面内位相差を与え、直線偏光を円偏光に変換したり、または、円偏光を直線偏光に変換する機能を有するフィルムを特に、「λ/4位相差フィルム」という。
<Phase difference film>
The retardation film of the present embodiment (hereinafter sometimes simply referred to as a cellulose acylate film) includes a resin having positive intrinsic birefringence, an additive having retardation increasing ability and wavelength dispersion adjusting ability, and a negative intrinsic And an additive having birefringence, and the slow axis with respect to the longitudinal direction has an angle of 10 to 80 °. As a method for setting the slow axis angle to the longitudinal direction to 10 to 80 ° in this way, there can be mentioned a method of performing oblique stretching described later on the film before stretching. In the present specification, the “retardation film” means an optical film having a specific optical function for imparting a retardation to transmitted light, and has a predetermined light wavelength (usually visible light). In particular, a film having a function of giving an in-plane retardation substantially ¼ of a wavelength to a region) and converting linearly polarized light into circularly polarized light, or converting circularly polarized light into linearly polarized light, It is called “λ / 4 retardation film”.
λ/4位相差フィルムは、可視光の波長の広い範囲において直線偏光をほぼ完全な円偏光に変換するために、可視光の波長の範囲において概ね波長の1/4の位相差を有する広帯域λ/4位相差フィルムであることが好ましい。なお、本明細書において、「可視光の波長の範囲において概ね1/4の位相差」とは、波長400~700nmの領域において、長波長ほど位相差値が大きい逆波長分散特性を備えることをいう。 The λ / 4 retardation film is a broadband λ having a phase difference of approximately ¼ of the wavelength in the visible light wavelength range in order to convert linearly polarized light into almost perfect circularly polarized light in a wide range of visible light wavelengths. A / 4 retardation film is preferable. In the present specification, “a phase difference of approximately ¼ in the wavelength range of visible light” means that in a wavelength range of 400 to 700 nm, a longer wavelength has a reverse wavelength dispersion characteristic that has a larger phase difference value. Say.
本実施形態の位相差フィルムの面内位相差Roλは、下記式(i)で表される。なお、位相差の値は、たとえばAxometrics社製のAxoscanを用いて、23℃、55%RHの環境下で、各波長での複屈折率を測定することにより算出することができる。 The in-plane retardation Ro λ of the retardation film of the present embodiment is represented by the following formula (i). The value of the phase difference can be calculated by measuring the birefringence at each wavelength in an environment of 23 ° C. and 55% RH using, for example, Axoscan manufactured by Axometrics.
Roλ=(nxλ-nyλ)×d ・・・ (i)
(式中、λは測定波長を表し、nx、nyは、それぞれ23℃、55%RHの環境下で測定され、nxはフィルムの面内の最大の屈折率(遅相軸方向の屈折率)であり、nyはフィルム面内で遅相軸に直交する方向の屈折率であり、dはフィルムの厚さ(nm)である)
Ro λ = (nx λ −ny λ ) × d (i)
(Wherein λ represents a measurement wavelength, nx and ny are measured in an environment of 23 ° C. and 55% RH, respectively, and nx is the maximum in-plane refractive index (refractive index in the slow axis direction). Ny is the refractive index in the direction perpendicular to the slow axis in the film plane, and d is the thickness (nm) of the film)
ここで、波長450nmにおけるλ/4位相差フィルムの面内位相差をRo450とし、波長550nmにおけるλ/4位相差フィルムの面内位相差をRo550とし、波長650nmにおけるλ/4位相差フィルムの面内位相差をRo650とする場合において、本実施形態のλ/4位相差フィルムは、Ro550が100~155nmであり、Ro550に対するRo450の比率(Ro450/Ro550)が、0.72~0.95であり、Ro650に対するRo550の比率(Ro550/Ro650)が、0.83~0.97であることを特徴とする。 Here, the in-plane retardation of the λ / 4 retardation film at a wavelength of 450 nm is Ro 450 , the in-plane retardation of the λ / 4 retardation film at a wavelength of 550 nm is Ro 550, and the λ / 4 retardation film at a wavelength of 650 nm. in the case of in-plane retardation of the and Ro 650, lambda / 4 retardation film of the present embodiment is a Ro 550 is 100 ~ 155 nm, the ratio of Ro 450 for Ro 550 (Ro 450 / Ro 550 ) is, is 0.72 to 0.95, the ratio of Ro 550 for Ro 650 (Ro 550 / Ro 650 ) , characterized in that a 0.83 to 0.97.
Ro550は100~155nmであればよく、好ましくは125~150nmである。Ro550が100~155nmの範囲を超える場合、波長550nmにおける位相差が概ね1/4波長とならず、このようなフィルムを用いて円偏光板を作製してたとえば有機ELディスプレイに適用した場合に、室内照明の映り込みなどが大きくなり、明所では黒色が表現できなくなる場合がある。 Ro 550 may be 100 to 155 nm, preferably 125 to 150 nm. When Ro 550 exceeds the range of 100 to 155 nm, the phase difference at a wavelength of 550 nm does not become a quarter wavelength. When a circularly polarizing plate is produced using such a film and applied to, for example, an organic EL display In some cases, the reflection of room lighting becomes large, and black color cannot be expressed in bright places.
Ro550に対するRo450の比率(Ro450/Ro550)は、0.72~0.95であればよく、好ましくは0.80~0.92であり、より好ましくは0.84~0.90である。Ro450/Ro550が0.72~0.95の範囲を超える場合、位相差が適度な逆波長分散特性を示さず、たとえば円偏光板を作製した場合に色相変化や湿度環境による色相変動を起こす傾向がある。 The ratio of Ro 450 for Ro 550 (Ro 450 / Ro 550 ) may be any from 0.72 to 0.95, preferably 0.80 to 0.92, more preferably from 0.84 to 0.90 It is. When Ro 450 / Ro 550 exceeds the range of 0.72 to 0.95, the phase difference does not show an appropriate reverse wavelength dispersion characteristic. For example, when a circularly polarizing plate is manufactured, hue change or hue variation due to humidity environment is not observed. There is a tendency to wake up.
Ro650に対するRo550の比率(Ro550/Ro650)は、0.83~0.97であればよく、好ましくは0.85~0.94であり、より好ましくは0.87~0.92である。Ro550/Ro650が0.83~0.97の範囲を超える場合、位相差が適度な逆波長分散特性を示さず、たとえば円偏光板を作製した場合に色相変化や湿度環境による色相変動を起こす傾向がある。 The ratio of Ro 550 for Ro 650 (Ro 550 / Ro 650 ) may be any from 0.83 to 0.97, preferably 0.85 to 0.94, more preferably 0.87 to 0.92 It is. When Ro 550 / Ro 650 exceeds the range of 0.83 to 0.97, the phase difference does not show an appropriate inverse wavelength dispersion characteristic. For example, when a circularly polarizing plate is produced, hue change due to hue change or humidity environment There is a tendency to wake up.
また、波長550nmにおける面内位相差をRo550のうち、正の固有複屈折を有する樹脂に由来する面内位相差をRc550、リタデーション上昇能と波長分散調整能とを有する添加剤に由来する面内位相差をRa550、負の固有複屈折を有する添加剤に由来する面内位相差をRb550とする場合(ただし、Ro550=Rc550+Ra550+Rb550)において、Ro550に対するRa550の比率(Ra550/Ro550)が0.10~1.0であることが好ましく、0.20~0.80であることがより好ましく、0.30~0.60であることがさらに好ましい。この場合、Rc550の比率(Rc550/Ro550)が0を超え、Rb550の比率(Rb550/Ro550)が0未満であることが好ましく、Rc550/Ro550が0.20~0.90であり、Rb550/Ro550が-0.30以上、0未満であることがより好ましく、Rc550/Ro550が0.30~0.80であり、Rb550/Ro550が-0.10以上、0未満であることがさらに好ましい。また、Ra550+Rc550が1.00を超えることが好ましい。 Moreover, out of the in-plane phase difference at a wavelength of 550 nm, Ro 550 , the in-plane phase difference derived from a resin having positive intrinsic birefringence is derived from an additive having Rc 550 and retardation increasing ability and wavelength dispersion adjusting ability. in the case of in-plane retardation Ra 550, an in-plane retardation derived from the additive having a negative intrinsic birefringence and Rb 550 (however, Ro 550 = Rc 550 + Ra 550 + Rb 550), Ra 550 against Ro 550 The ratio (Ra 550 / Ro 550 ) is preferably 0.10 to 1.0, more preferably 0.20 to 0.80, and still more preferably 0.30 to 0.60. . In this case, greater than the ratio (Rc 550 / Ro 550) are 0 Rc 550, it is preferable that the ratio of Rb 550 (Rb 550 / Ro 550 ) is less than 0, Rc 550 / Ro 550 is 0.20 to 0 It is more preferable that Rb 550 / Ro 550 is −0.30 or more and less than 0, Rc 550 / Ro 550 is 0.30 to 0.80, and Rb 550 / Ro 550 is −0. More preferably, it is 10 or more and less than 0. Further, it is preferable that Ra 550 + Rc 550 exceeds 1.00.
すなわち、Rc550が0を超える場合、正の固有複屈折を有する樹脂は、波長550nmにおいて位相差発現性を示す。これに、Ro550に対するRa550の比率が上記範囲となるリタデーション上昇能と波長分散調整能とを有する添加剤を配合すれば、フィルムの透明性を劣化させるほど大量に配合しなくとも充分な位相差発現性を付与し得る。この状態において、Rb550が0未満である負の固有複屈折を有する添加剤を配合すれば、位相差発現性を減少させることにより調整しつつ、逆波長分散特性をさらに付与し、適切な位相差発現性と逆波長分散特性を備えた位相差フィルムが得られ得る。 That is, when Rc 550 exceeds 0, a resin having positive intrinsic birefringence exhibits a retardation development property at a wavelength of 550 nm. If an additive having a retardation increasing ability and a wavelength dispersion adjusting ability in which the ratio of Ra 550 to Ro 550 falls within the above range is added to this, it is sufficient even if not added so much that the transparency of the film is deteriorated. Phase difference expression can be imparted. In this state, if an additive having negative intrinsic birefringence with Rb 550 of less than 0 is blended, the reverse wavelength dispersion characteristic is further imparted while adjusting by reducing the retardation development property, and the appropriate level is obtained. A retardation film having retardation development and reverse wavelength dispersion characteristics can be obtained.
なお、一般に面内位相差(たとえばRo550)は、フィルムの膜厚dを大きくすることにより高くすることが可能である。しかしながら、フィルムの膜厚を大きくする場合、有機ELディスプレイ等の画像表示装置の厚みが増大したり、透過率が低下して光取出し効率が低下するという問題がある。しかしながら、本実施形態の位相差フィルムによれば、正の固有複屈折を有する樹脂と、リタデーション上昇能と波長分散調整能とを有する添加剤と、負の固有複屈折を有する添加剤とを含有させることにより、膜厚を後述するように薄くした場合であっても、優れた位相差発現性、逆波長分散特性を示し得る。 In general, the in-plane retardation (for example, Ro 550 ) can be increased by increasing the film thickness d of the film. However, when the film thickness is increased, there is a problem that the thickness of an image display device such as an organic EL display is increased, or the transmittance is lowered to reduce the light extraction efficiency. However, according to the retardation film of the present embodiment, containing a resin having positive intrinsic birefringence, an additive having retardation increasing ability and wavelength dispersion adjusting ability, and an additive having negative intrinsic birefringence Thus, even when the film thickness is reduced as will be described later, excellent retardation and reverse wavelength dispersion characteristics can be exhibited.
次に、本実施形態の位相差フィルムの構成成分について説明する。 Next, components of the retardation film of the present embodiment will be described.
位相差フィルムは、主たる成分となる樹脂成分(正の固有複屈折を有する樹脂等の熱可塑性樹脂)と、添加剤成分(リタデーション上昇能と波長分散調整能とを有する添加剤や、負の固有複屈折を有する添加剤等の、上記樹脂成分以外の成分)とから構成される。正の固有複屈折を有する樹脂、リタデーション上昇能と波長分散調整能とを有する添加剤および負の固有複屈折を有する添加剤は、それぞれ異なる位相差発現性と波長分散特性とを備える。これら3種の成分を併用することにより、高い位相差発現性、逆波長分散特性を備え、透明性が高い位相差フィルムが作製され得る。 The retardation film is composed of a resin component (a thermoplastic resin such as a resin having a positive intrinsic birefringence) as a main component, an additive component (an additive having retardation increasing ability and wavelength dispersion adjusting ability, and a negative intrinsic property). Component other than the resin component, such as an additive having birefringence). A resin having positive intrinsic birefringence, an additive having retardation increasing ability and wavelength dispersion adjusting ability, and an additive having negative intrinsic birefringence each have different retardation development and wavelength dispersion characteristics. By using these three kinds of components in combination, a retardation film having high retardation development and reverse wavelength dispersion characteristics and high transparency can be produced.
<正の固有複屈折を有する樹脂>
位相差フィルムは、主たる成分として、正の固有複屈折を有する樹脂を含有する。なお、本明細書において、「主たる成分」とは、位相差フィルムを構成する熱可塑性樹脂成分において55質量%以上含まれる成分をいう。また、「正の固有複屈折を有する樹脂」とは、一般的に分子の配向方向に対して屈折率が大きくなる特性を有する樹脂を指すが、本実施形態においては、延伸時に延伸方向と同方向に屈折率が大きくなるような位相差を発現し得る性質をいう。
<Resin having positive intrinsic birefringence>
The retardation film contains a resin having positive intrinsic birefringence as a main component. In the present specification, the “main component” refers to a component contained in the thermoplastic resin component constituting the retardation film by 55% by mass or more. In addition, the “resin having positive intrinsic birefringence” generally refers to a resin having a characteristic that the refractive index increases with respect to the molecular orientation direction. It means a property capable of expressing a phase difference that increases the refractive index in the direction.
正の固有複屈折を有する樹脂としては特に限定されないが、正の固有複屈折に加えて高い位相差発現性を備え、逆波長分散性を悪化させず、斜め延伸により薄膜化しやすい観点から、セルロースエステルが好ましい。なお、本明細書において、「熱可塑性樹脂」とは、加熱することによって軟らかくなり、目的の形に成形できる特性を備えた樹脂をいう。 The resin having positive intrinsic birefringence is not particularly limited, but it has high retardation development in addition to positive intrinsic birefringence, does not deteriorate reverse wavelength dispersibility, and is easy to form a thin film by oblique stretching. Esters are preferred. In the present specification, the “thermoplastic resin” refers to a resin that has the characteristics that it becomes soft when heated and can be molded into a desired shape.
(セルロースエステル)
本実施形態に適用可能なセルロースエステルとしては特に限定されず、たとえば、炭素数が2~22程度のカルボン酸エステル、芳香族カルボン酸のエステルであり、特に炭素数が6以下の低級脂肪酸エステルを採用することができる。これらの中でより具体的には、セルロースアセテート、セルロースジアセテート、セルロースアセテートプロピオネートやセルロースアセテートブチレート等のセルロースアシレートを挙げることができる。セルロースアシレートは、1種のアシル基によってアシル化されたものであっても、2種類以上のアシル基によってアシル化されたものであってもよい。これらの中でも、高い位相差発現性を備え、斜め延伸により薄膜化しやすい観点や、延伸時に破断等の故障を回避しやすい観点から、セルロースの混合脂肪酸エステルが好ましい。
(Cellulose ester)
The cellulose ester applicable to the present embodiment is not particularly limited, and examples thereof include carboxylic acid esters having about 2 to 22 carbon atoms and aromatic carboxylic acid esters, and particularly lower fatty acid esters having 6 or less carbon atoms. Can be adopted. More specifically, cellulose acylates such as cellulose acetate, cellulose diacetate, cellulose acetate propionate, and cellulose acetate butyrate can be given. The cellulose acylate may be acylated with one kind of acyl group or may be acylated with two or more kinds of acyl groups. Among these, a mixed fatty acid ester of cellulose is preferable from the viewpoint of providing a high retardation and easily forming a thin film by oblique stretching and from easily avoiding a failure such as breakage during stretching.
セルロースアシレートのアシル置換度としては、1.50~2.55が好ましく、1.70~2.50がより好ましく、2.00~2.45がさらに好ましい。セルロースアシレートのアシル置換度が1.50未満の場合には、位相差発現性は高くなるが、位相差の波長分散特性はフラットに近くなる傾向がある。また、後述するフィルム製造時において、ドープ粘度が上昇してフィルム面品質が劣化したり、延伸張力の上昇により内部ヘイズが上昇する傾向がある。一方、アシル置換度が2.55を超える場合には、位相差発現性は低くなるが、位相差の波長分散特性はより逆分散となる(逆波長分散特性を示す)傾向がある。なお、本明細書において「アシル置換度」とは、平均アシル置換度をいい、平均アシル置換度は、セルロースを構成する各無水グルコースが有する3個のヒドロキシ基(水酸基)のうち、エステル化されているヒドロキシ基の数の平均値で示され、0~3.0の値をとる。 The acyl substitution degree of cellulose acylate is preferably 1.50 to 2.55, more preferably 1.70 to 2.50, and further preferably 2.00 to 2.45. When the acyl substitution degree of cellulose acylate is less than 1.50, the retardation development property is high, but the wavelength dispersion characteristic of the retardation tends to be almost flat. Moreover, at the time of film production to be described later, the dope viscosity increases and the film surface quality tends to deteriorate, or the internal haze tends to increase due to an increase in stretching tension. On the other hand, when the acyl substitution degree exceeds 2.55, the retardation development property is lowered, but the chromatic dispersion characteristic of the retardation tends to be more reverse dispersion (shows the reverse chromatic dispersion characteristic). In the present specification, “acyl substitution degree” means an average acyl substitution degree, and the average acyl substitution degree is esterified among the three hydroxy groups (hydroxyl groups) of each anhydroglucose constituting cellulose. The average value of the number of hydroxy groups is 0 to 3.0.
アシル基は、脂肪族基でも芳香族基でもよく特に限定されない。アシル基としては、たとえば、アセチル基、プロピオニル基、ブタノイル基、ヘプタノイル基、ヘキサノイル基、オクタノイル基、デカノイル基、ドデカノイル基、トリデカノイル基、テトラデカノイル基、ヘキサデカノイル基、オクタデカノイル基、イソブタノイル基、tert-ブタノイル基、シクロヘキサンカルボニル基、オレオイル基、ベンゾイル基、ナフチルカルボニル基、シンナモイル基などを挙げることができる。 The acyl group may be an aliphatic group or an aromatic group and is not particularly limited. Acyl groups include, for example, acetyl, propionyl, butanoyl, heptanoyl, hexanoyl, octanoyl, decanoyl, dodecanoyl, tridecanoyl, tetradecanoyl, hexadecanoyl, octadecanoyl, isobutanoyl Group, tert-butanoyl group, cyclohexanecarbonyl group, oleoyl group, benzoyl group, naphthylcarbonyl group, cinnamoyl group and the like.
具体的なセルロースアシレートとしては、セルロースアセテートプロピオネート、セルロースアセテートブチレート、セルロースアセテートプロピオネートブチレートまたはセルロースアセテートフタレートのようなアセチル基の他にプロピオネート基、ブチレート基またはフタリル基が結合したセルロースの混合脂肪酸エステルが挙げられる。なお、ブチレートを形成するブチリル基としては、直鎖状でも分岐していてもよい。これらの中でも、セルロースアセテート、セルロースアセテートブチレート、セルロースアセテートプロピオネートが好ましく用いられる。 Specific cellulose acylates include propionate groups, butyrate groups, or phthalyl groups in addition to acetyl groups such as cellulose acetate propionate, cellulose acetate butyrate, cellulose acetate propionate butyrate or cellulose acetate phthalate. The mixed fatty acid ester of cellulose is mentioned. The butyryl group that forms butyrate may be linear or branched. Among these, cellulose acetate, cellulose acetate butyrate, and cellulose acetate propionate are preferably used.
セルロースアシレートは、疎水性を向上させ、波長分散湿度変動の改良効果を高めることができる観点から、セルロースアシレートに含まれる全アシル基のうち炭素数3以上のアシル基の平均置換度が0.5~2.5であることが好ましい。 Cellulose acylate has an average degree of substitution of acyl groups having 3 or more carbon atoms out of all acyl groups contained in cellulose acylate from the viewpoint of improving hydrophobicity and enhancing the effect of improving wavelength dispersion humidity fluctuation. It is preferably 5 to 2.5.
炭素数3以上のアシル基としては、特に限定されず、たとえば、プロピオニル基、ブチリル基、ヘプタノイル基、ヘキサノイル基、オクタノイル基、デカノイル基、ドデカノイル基、トリデカノイル基、テトラデカノイル基、ヘキサデカノイル基、オクタデカノイル基、イソブタノイル基、t-ブタノイル基、シクロヘキサノイル基、オレオイル基、ベンゾイル基、ナフトイル基およびシンナモイル基等が挙げられる。 The acyl group having 3 or more carbon atoms is not particularly limited. For example, propionyl group, butyryl group, heptanoyl group, hexanoyl group, octanoyl group, decanoyl group, dodecanoyl group, tridecanoyl group, tetradecanoyl group, hexadecanoyl group , Octadecanoyl group, isobutanoyl group, t-butanoyl group, cyclohexanoyl group, oleoyl group, benzoyl group, naphthoyl group and cinnamoyl group.
なお、セルロースアシレートのうち、上記アシル基で置換されていない部分は、通常はヒドロキシ基として存在する。このようなセルロースアシレートは、公知の方法で合成することができる。また、アシル基の置換度は、ASTM-D817-96(セルロースアシレート等の試験方法)の規定に従って求めることができる。 In addition, the part which is not substituted by the said acyl group among cellulose acylates exists normally as a hydroxyl group. Such cellulose acylate can be synthesized by a known method. Further, the substitution degree of the acyl group can be determined according to the provisions of ASTM-D817-96 (testing method for cellulose acylate, etc.).
セルロースアシレートの数平均分子量(Mn)は、得られるλ/4位相差フィルムの機械的強度が大きくなる観点から30,000~300,000であることが好ましく、50,000~200,000であることがより好ましい。セルロースアシレートの重量平均分子量(Mw)と数平均分子量(Mn)との比(Mw/Mn)の値は、1.4~3.0であることが好ましい。 The number average molecular weight (Mn) of the cellulose acylate is preferably 30,000 to 300,000, and preferably 50,000 to 200,000 from the viewpoint of increasing the mechanical strength of the obtained λ / 4 retardation film. More preferably. The ratio of the weight average molecular weight (Mw) to the number average molecular weight (Mn) (Mw / Mn) of the cellulose acylate is preferably 1.4 to 3.0.
セルロースアシレートの重量平均分子量(Mw)および数平均分子量(Mn)は、それぞれゲルパーミエーションクロマトグラフィー(GPC)を用いて測定することができる。具体的な測定条件の一例を、以下に示す。
(測定条件)
溶媒:メチレンクロライド
カラム:Shodex K806、K805、K803G(昭和電工(株)製のカラムを3本接続して使用する)
カラム温度:25℃
試料濃度:0.1質量%
検出器:RI Model 504(GLサイエンス社製)
ポンプ:L6000((株)日立製作所製)
流量:1.0ml/min
校正曲線:標準ポリスチレンSTK standard ポリスチレン(東ソー(株)製)でMwが500~1000000の範囲にある13サンプルによる校正曲線を使用する。13サンプルは、ほぼ等間隔に用いる。
The weight average molecular weight (Mw) and the number average molecular weight (Mn) of cellulose acylate can be measured using gel permeation chromatography (GPC), respectively. An example of specific measurement conditions is shown below.
(Measurement condition)
Solvent: Methylene chloride Column: Shodex K806, K805, K803G (Used by connecting three columns manufactured by Showa Denko KK)
Column temperature: 25 ° C
Sample concentration: 0.1% by mass
Detector: RI Model 504 (GL Science Co., Ltd.)
Pump: L6000 (manufactured by Hitachi, Ltd.)
Flow rate: 1.0 ml / min
Calibration curve: A standard polystyrene STK standard polystyrene (manufactured by Tosoh Corporation) and a calibration curve with 13 samples having a Mw in the range of 500 to 1000000 is used. Thirteen samples are used at approximately equal intervals.
セルロースアシレートの原料であるセルロースとしては特に限定されず、綿花リンター、木材パルプ、ケナフなどを用いることができる。また、これらから得られたセルロースエステルはそれぞれ任意の割合で混合して使用することができる。 The cellulose that is a raw material of cellulose acylate is not particularly limited, and cotton linter, wood pulp, kenaf, and the like can be used. Moreover, the cellulose ester obtained from these can be mixed and used for each arbitrary ratio.
本実施形態のセルロースアシレートは、公知の方法により製造することができる。一般的には、原料のセルロースと所定の有機酸(酢酸など)と酸無水物(無水酢酸など)、触媒(硫酸など)と混合して、セルロースをエステル化(アセチル化)し、セルロースのトリエステル(アセチル化)ができるまで反応を進める。トリエステル(アセチル化)においてはグルコース単位の3個のヒドロキシ基(水酸基)は、有機酸のアセチル基で置換されている。次いで、セルロースのトリエステルを加水分解することで、所望のアセチル基置換度を有するセルロースアシレートを合成する。その後、濾過、沈殿、水洗、脱水、乾燥などの工程を経て、セルロースアシレートを得ることができる。具体的には、たとえば特開平10-45804号公報に記載の方法を参考にして合成することができる。 The cellulose acylate of this embodiment can be produced by a known method. In general, cellulose is mixed with raw material cellulose, a predetermined organic acid (such as acetic acid), acid anhydride (such as acetic anhydride), and a catalyst (such as sulfuric acid) to esterify (acetylate) cellulose, The reaction proceeds until the ester (acetylation) is formed. In the triester (acetylation), the three hydroxy groups (hydroxyl groups) of the glucose unit are substituted with acetyl groups of organic acids. Next, cellulose acylate having a desired degree of acetyl group substitution is synthesized by hydrolyzing the cellulose triester. Thereafter, cellulose acylate can be obtained through steps such as filtration, precipitation, washing with water, dehydration, and drying. Specifically, it can be synthesized with reference to, for example, the method described in JP-A-10-45804.
(その他の熱可塑性樹脂)
本実施形態の位相差フィルムは、上記した正の固有複屈折を有する樹脂以外の熱可塑性樹脂を含有してもよい。
(Other thermoplastic resins)
The retardation film of the present embodiment may contain a thermoplastic resin other than the resin having the positive intrinsic birefringence described above.
その他の熱可塑性樹脂としては、たとえば、ポリエチレン(PE)、高密度ポリエチレン、中密度ポリエチレン、低密度ポリエチレン、ポリプロピレン(PP)、ポリ塩化ビニル(PVC)、ポリ塩化ビニリデン、ポリスチレン(PS)、ポリ酢酸ビニル(PVAc)、ポリテトラフルオロエチレン(PTFE)、アクリロニトリルブタジエンスチレン樹脂(ABS樹脂)、AS樹脂、アクリル樹脂(PMMA)等を用いることができる。また、強度や壊れにくさが特に要求される場合には、たとえば、ポリアミド(PA)、ナイロン、ポリアセタール(POM)、ポリカーボネート(PC)、変性ポリフェニレンエーテル(m-PPE、変性PPE、PPO)、ポリブチレンテレフタレート(PBT)、ポリエチレンテレフタレート(PET)、グラスファイバー強化ポリエチレンテレフタレート(GF-PET)、環状ポリオレフィン(COP)等を用いることができる。さらに、高い熱変形温度と長期使用できる耐久性が要求される場合には、ポリフェニレンスルファイド(PPS)、ポリテトラフロロエチレン(PTFE)、ポリスルホン、ポリエーテルサルフォン、非晶ポリアリレート、液晶ポリマー、ポリエーテルエーテルケトン、熱可塑性ポリイミド(PI)、ポリアミドイミド(PAI)等を用いることができる。これらは用途によって種類や分子量の異なるものを組み合わせて用いることが可能である。 Examples of other thermoplastic resins include polyethylene (PE), high density polyethylene, medium density polyethylene, low density polyethylene, polypropylene (PP), polyvinyl chloride (PVC), polyvinylidene chloride, polystyrene (PS), and polyacetic acid. Vinyl (PVAc), polytetrafluoroethylene (PTFE), acrylonitrile butadiene styrene resin (ABS resin), AS resin, acrylic resin (PMMA), or the like can be used. When strength and resistance to breakage are particularly required, for example, polyamide (PA), nylon, polyacetal (POM), polycarbonate (PC), modified polyphenylene ether (m-PPE, modified PPE, PPO), poly Butylene terephthalate (PBT), polyethylene terephthalate (PET), glass fiber reinforced polyethylene terephthalate (GF-PET), cyclic polyolefin (COP), and the like can be used. Furthermore, when high heat distortion temperature and durability that can be used for a long time are required, polyphenylene sulfide (PPS), polytetrafluoroethylene (PTFE), polysulfone, polyethersulfone, amorphous polyarylate, liquid crystal polymer, Polyetheretherketone, thermoplastic polyimide (PI), polyamideimide (PAI) and the like can be used. These can be used in combination with different types and molecular weights depending on the application.
<リタデーション上昇能と波長分散調整能とを有する添加剤>
位相差フィルムは、リタデーション上昇能と波長分散調整能とを有する添加剤(以下、単に位相差調整剤という場合がある)を含有する。このような化合物は、上記した正の固有複屈折を有する樹脂に対して位相差発現性を増加させる性質を示すとともに、逆波長分散特性を強める性質も付与し得る。
<Additives with retardation increasing ability and wavelength dispersion adjusting ability>
The retardation film contains an additive having retardation increasing ability and wavelength dispersion adjusting ability (hereinafter sometimes simply referred to as retardation adjusting agent). Such a compound can impart the property of increasing the retardation development property to the above-described resin having positive intrinsic birefringence, and can also impart the property of enhancing the reverse wavelength dispersion property.
リタデーション上昇能と波長分散調整能とを有する添加剤としては、位相差フィルムに添加しない場合と比較して、添加した場合に、添加剤1%添加につきリタデーションを3nm以上上昇させることができ、かつ、添加剤1%添加につき波長分散(Ro550に対する波長450nmにおける面内位相差Ro450の比率であるRo450/Ro550、または波長650nmにおける面内位相差Ro650に対するRo550の比率であるRo550/Ro650)を0.005以上下げる、つまり逆波長分散特性を付与し得るものであれば特に限定されない。このような添加剤として、たとえば、少なくとも3箇所に連結部位を有する連結基で結合され、前記連結基とその2箇所の連結部位を介して連結された基を含み、200nm以上、280nm未満の波長域に極大吸収波長を有する化学構造部分X(主鎖)と、該連結基の他の連結部位のうち、少なくとも1つの連結部位を介して結合された基で、該化学構造部分Xに対し分岐した構造の化学構造部分Y(側鎖)とを有し、前記化学構造部分Yが、280~380nmの波長域に最大吸収波長を有する化合物を例示することができる。このような化合物を用いることにより、位相差フィルムは、高い位相差発現性と逆波長分散特性を良好に付与し得る。 As an additive having retardation increasing ability and wavelength dispersion adjusting ability, when added, the retardation can be increased by 3 nm or more per 1% additive when compared with the case where it is not added to the retardation film, and is the ratio of Ro 550 for Ro 450 / Ro 550 or plane retardation Ro 650 at a wavelength of 650 nm, the ratio of in-plane retardation Ro 450 at a wavelength of 450nm for the wavelength dispersion (Ro 550 per additive 1% added Ro 550 / Ro 650 ) is lowered by 0.005 or more, that is, there is no particular limitation as long as reverse wavelength dispersion characteristics can be imparted. As such an additive, for example, including a group bonded by a linking group having a linking site in at least three places and linked via the linking group and the two linking sites, a wavelength of 200 nm or more and less than 280 nm Branched with respect to the chemical structure portion X by a chemical structure portion X (main chain) having a maximum absorption wavelength in the region and a group bonded via at least one linking site among the other linking sites of the linking group Examples thereof include a compound having a chemical structure portion Y (side chain) having the above structure, wherein the chemical structure portion Y has a maximum absorption wavelength in a wavelength region of 280 to 380 nm. By using such a compound, the retardation film can impart high retardation development and reverse wavelength dispersion characteristics satisfactorily.
このような化合物は、溶媒に溶解した状態で、紫外吸収領域に少なくとも2つの極大吸収波長を有しており、より短波側の極大吸収波長λmaxxは、主鎖Xに帰属する分光吸収特性であり、200nm以上、280nm未満の波長域に極大吸収波長を有し、より長波側の極大吸収波長λmaxyは、側鎖Yに帰属する分光吸収特性である。側鎖Yに帰属する該長波側の極大吸収波長λmaxyは、280~380nmの波長域内にある。 Such a compound is dissolved in a solvent and has at least two maximum absorption wavelengths in the ultraviolet absorption region. The maximum absorption wavelength λmax x on the shorter wavelength side is a spectral absorption characteristic belonging to the main chain X. Yes, it has a maximum absorption wavelength in a wavelength region of 200 nm or more and less than 280 nm, and the longer wavelength side maximum absorption wavelength λmax y is a spectral absorption characteristic belonging to the side chain Y. The long wavelength maximum absorption wavelength λmax y attributed to the side chain Y is in the wavelength range of 280 to 380 nm.
上記化合物のアスペクト比は、1.70未満であることが好ましく、1.01以上、1.70未満であることがより好ましい。アスペクト比が1.70未満の場合、熱可塑性樹脂に対して異方的になり、逆波長分散性を高める効果が得られやすく、位相差フィルムに必要な位相差発現性を達成しやすい。なお、本明細書において、「アスペクト比」とは、Winmostar MOPAC AM1(MOP6W70)(千田,“分子計算支援システムWinmostarの開発”,出光技報,49,1,106-111(2006))を用いて算出した値をいい、分子長/分子幅であり、「分子長」とは、化合物中で最大の原子間距離に両端の2原子のファンデルワールス半径を加えた値をいい、「分子幅」とは分子長軸に垂直な面に各原子を投影したときの最大の原子間距離に両端の2原子のファンデルワールス半径を加えた値をいう。 The aspect ratio of the compound is preferably less than 1.70, more preferably 1.01 or more and less than 1.70. When the aspect ratio is less than 1.70, it becomes anisotropic with respect to the thermoplastic resin, and it is easy to obtain the effect of increasing the reverse wavelength dispersibility, and it is easy to achieve the retardation development necessary for the retardation film. In this specification, “aspect ratio” uses Winmostar MOPAC AM1 (MOP6W70) (Senda, “Development of Molecular Computation Support System Winmostar”, Idemitsu Technical Report, 49, 1, 106-111 (2006)). The molecular length / molecular width. The “molecular length” is the maximum interatomic distance in a compound plus the van der Waals radii of two atoms at both ends. "Means a value obtained by adding the van der Waals radii of two atoms at both ends to the maximum distance between atoms when each atom is projected onto a plane perpendicular to the molecular long axis.
このような化合物のより具体的な例として、下記一般式(A)で表される化合物を挙げることができる。 As a more specific example of such a compound, a compound represented by the following general formula (A) can be exemplified.
L1およびL2としては、O、COO、OCOが好ましい。 L 1 and L 2 are preferably O, COO, and OCO.
R1、R2およびR3の具体例としては、ハロゲン原子(フッ素原子、塩素原子、臭素原子、ヨウ素原子等)、アルキル基(メチル基、エチル基、n-プロピル基、イソプロピル基、tert-ブチル基、n-オクチル基、2-エチルヘキシル基等)、シクロアルキル基(シクロヘキシル基、シクロペンチル基、4-n-ドデシルシクロヘキシル基等)、アルケニル基(ビニル基、アリル基等)、シクロアルケニル基(2-シクロペンテン-1-イル、2-シクロヘキセン-1-イル基等)、アルキニル基(エチニル基、プロパルギル基等)、アリール基(フェニル基、p-トリル基、ナフチル基等)、ヘテロ環基(2-フリル基、2-チエニル基、2-ピリミジニル基、2-ベンゾチアゾリル基等)、シアノ基、ヒドロキシ基、ニトロ基、カルボキシ基、アルコキシ基(メトキシ基、エトキシ基、イソプロポキシ基、tert-ブトキシ基、n-オクチルオキシ基、2-メトキシエトキシ基等)、アリールオキシ基(フェノキシ基、2-メチルフェノキシ基、4-tert-ブチルフェノキシ基、3-ニトロフェノキシ基、2-テトラデカノイルアミノフェノキシ基等)、アシルオキシ基(ホルミルオキシ基、アセチルオキシ基、ピバロイルオキシ基、ステアロイルオキシ基、ベンゾイルオキシ基、p-メトキシフェニルカルボニルオキシ基等)、アミノ基(アミノ基、メチルアミノ基、ジメチルアミノ基、アニリノ基、N-メチル-アニリノ基、ジフェニルアミノ基等)、アシルアミノ基(ホルミルアミノ基、アセチルアミノ基、ピバロイルアミノ基、ラウロイルアミノ基、ベンゾイルアミノ基等)、アルキルおよびアリールスルホニルアミノ基(メチルスルホニルアミノ基、ブチルスルホニルアミノ基、フェニルスルホニルアミノ基、2,3,5-トリクロロフェニルスルホニルアミノ基、p-メチルフェニルスルホニルアミノ基等)、メルカプト基、アルキルチオ基(メチルチオ基、エチルチオ基、n-ヘキサデシルチオ基等)、アリールチオ基(フェニルチオ基、p-クロロフェニルチオ基、m-メトキシフェニルチオ基等)、スルファモイル基(N-エチルスルファモイル基、N-(3-ドデシルオキシプロピル)スルファモイル基、N,N-ジメチルスルファモイル基、N-アセチルスルファモイル基、N-ベンゾイルスルファモイル基、N-(N′-フェニルカルバモイル)スルファモイル基等)、スルホ基、アシル基(アセチル基、ピバロイルベンゾイル基等)、カルバモイル基(カルバモイル基、N-メチルカルバモイル基、N,N-ジメチルカルバモイル基、N,N-ジ-n-オクチルカルバモイル基、N-(メチルスルホニル)カルバモイル基等)が挙げられる。 Specific examples of R 1 , R 2 and R 3 include halogen atoms (fluorine atom, chlorine atom, bromine atom, iodine atom, etc.), alkyl groups (methyl group, ethyl group, n-propyl group, isopropyl group, tert- Butyl group, n-octyl group, 2-ethylhexyl group, etc.), cycloalkyl group (cyclohexyl group, cyclopentyl group, 4-n-dodecylcyclohexyl group, etc.), alkenyl group (vinyl group, allyl group, etc.), cycloalkenyl group ( 2-cyclopenten-1-yl, 2-cyclohexen-1-yl group, etc.), alkynyl group (ethynyl group, propargyl group etc.), aryl group (phenyl group, p-tolyl group, naphthyl group etc.), heterocyclic group ( 2-furyl group, 2-thienyl group, 2-pyrimidinyl group, 2-benzothiazolyl group, etc.), cyano group, hydroxy group, nitro group Carboxy group, alkoxy group (methoxy group, ethoxy group, isopropoxy group, tert-butoxy group, n-octyloxy group, 2-methoxyethoxy group, etc.), aryloxy group (phenoxy group, 2-methylphenoxy group, 4 -Tert-butylphenoxy group, 3-nitrophenoxy group, 2-tetradecanoylaminophenoxy group, etc.), acyloxy group (formyloxy group, acetyloxy group, pivaloyloxy group, stearoyloxy group, benzoyloxy group, p-methoxyphenyl) Carbonyloxy group, etc.), amino group (amino group, methylamino group, dimethylamino group, anilino group, N-methyl-anilino group, diphenylamino group, etc.), acylamino group (formylamino group, acetylamino group, pivaloylamino group, Lauroylamino group, Nzoylamino group, etc.), alkyl and arylsulfonylamino groups (methylsulfonylamino group, butylsulfonylamino group, phenylsulfonylamino group, 2,3,5-trichlorophenylsulfonylamino group, p-methylphenylsulfonylamino group, etc.), mercapto Group, alkylthio group (methylthio group, ethylthio group, n-hexadecylthio group, etc.), arylthio group (phenylthio group, p-chlorophenylthio group, m-methoxyphenylthio group, etc.), sulfamoyl group (N-ethylsulfamoyl group, N- (3-dodecyloxypropyl) sulfamoyl group, N, N-dimethylsulfamoyl group, N-acetylsulfamoyl group, N-benzoylsulfamoyl group, N- (N'-phenylcarbamoyl) sulfamoyl group, etc. ) Fo group, acyl group (acetyl group, pivaloylbenzoyl group, etc.), carbamoyl group (carbamoyl group, N-methylcarbamoyl group, N, N-dimethylcarbamoyl group, N, N-di-n-octylcarbamoyl group, N -(Methylsulfonyl) carbamoyl group and the like.
R1およびR2としては、置換もしくは無置換のベンゼン環、置換もしくは無置換のシクロヘキサン環が好ましく、置換基を有するベンゼン環、置換基を有するシクロヘキサン環がより好ましく、4位に置換基を有するベンゼン環が、位相差フィルムの遅相軸方向に一般式(A)の化合物の主鎖を配向させて、遅相軸方向屈折率nxを高めることができる点で特に好ましい。 R 1 and R 2 are preferably a substituted or unsubstituted benzene ring or a substituted or unsubstituted cyclohexane ring, more preferably a substituted benzene ring or a substituted cyclohexane ring, and a 4-position substituent. A benzene ring is particularly preferable in that the main chain of the compound of the general formula (A) can be oriented in the slow axis direction of the retardation film to increase the slow axis direction refractive index nx.
WaおよびWbとしては、ハロゲン原子(たとえば、フッ素原子、塩素原子、臭素原子、ヨウ素原子等)、アルキル基(たとえば、メチル基、エチル基、n-プロピル基、イソプロピル基、tert-ブチル基、n-オクチル基、2-エチルヘキシル基等)、シクロアルキル基(たとえば、シクロヘキシル基、シクロペンチル基、4-n-ドデシルシクロヘキシル基等)、アルケニル基(たとえば、ビニル基、アリル基等)、シクロアルケニル基(たとえば、2-シクロペンテン-1-イル、2-シクロヘキセン-1-イル基等)、アルキニル基(たとえば、エチニル基、プロパルギル基等)、アリール基(たとえば、フェニル基、p-トリル基、ナフチル基等)、ヘテロ環基(たとえば、2-フリル基、2-チエニル基、2-ピリミジニル基、2-ベンゾチアゾリル基等)、シアノ基、ヒドロキシ基、ニトロ基、カルボキシル基、アルコキシ基(たとえば、メトキシ基、エトキシ基、イソプロポキシ基、tert-ブトキシ基、n-オクチルオキシ基、2-メトキシエトキシ基等)、アリールオキシ基(たとえば、フェノキシ基、2-メチルフェノキシ基、4-tert-ブチルフェノキシ基、3-ニトロフェノキシ基、2-テトラデカノイルアミノフェノキシ基等)、アシルオキシ基(たとえば、ホルミルオキシ基、アセチルオキシ基、ピバロイルオキシ基、ステアロイルオキシ基、ベンゾイルオキシ基、p-メトキシフェニルカルボニルオキシ基等)、アミノ基(たとえば、アミノ基、メチルアミノ基、ジメチルアミノ基、アニリノ基、N-メチル-アニリノ基、ジフェニルアミノ基等)、アシルアミノ基(たとえば、ホルミルアミノ基、アセチルアミノ基、ピバロイルアミノ基、ラウロイルアミノ基、ベンゾイルアミノ基等)、アルキルおよびアリールスルホニルアミノ基(たとえば、メチルスルホニルアミノ基、ブチルスルホニルアミノ基、フェニルスルホニルアミノ基、2,3,5-トリクロロフェニルスルホニルアミノ基、p-メチルフェニルスルホニルアミノ基等)、メルカプト基、アルキルチオ基(たとえば、メチルチオ基、エチルチオ基、n-ヘキサデシルチオ基等)、アリールチオ基(たとえば、フェニルチオ基、p-クロロフェニルチオ基、m-メトキシフェニルチオ基等)、スルファモイル基(たとえば、N-エチルスルファモイル基、N-(3-ドデシルオキシプロピル)スルファモイル基、N,N-ジメチルスルファモイル基、N-アセチルスルファモイル基、N-ベンゾイルスルファモイル基、N-(N′フェニルカルバモイル)スルファモイル基等)、スルホ基、アシル基(たとえば、アセチル基ピバロイルベンゾイル基等)、カルバモイル基(たとえば、カルバモイル基、N-メチルカルバモイル基、N,N-ジメチルカルバモイル基、N,N-ジ-n-オクチルカルバモイル基、N-(メチルスルホニル)カルバモイル基等)を挙げることができる。 Wa and Wb include a halogen atom (eg, fluorine atom, chlorine atom, bromine atom, iodine atom), alkyl group (eg, methyl group, ethyl group, n-propyl group, isopropyl group, tert-butyl group, n -Octyl group, 2-ethylhexyl group, etc.), cycloalkyl group (for example, cyclohexyl group, cyclopentyl group, 4-n-dodecylcyclohexyl group, etc.), alkenyl group (for example, vinyl group, allyl group, etc.), cycloalkenyl group (for example) For example, 2-cyclopenten-1-yl, 2-cyclohexen-1-yl group, etc.), alkynyl group (eg, ethynyl group, propargyl group, etc.), aryl group (eg, phenyl group, p-tolyl group, naphthyl group, etc.) ), A heterocyclic group (for example, 2-furyl group, 2-thienyl group, 2-pyrimidini) Group, 2-benzothiazolyl group, etc.), cyano group, hydroxy group, nitro group, carboxyl group, alkoxy group (for example, methoxy group, ethoxy group, isopropoxy group, tert-butoxy group, n-octyloxy group, 2-methoxy group) Ethoxy group etc.), aryloxy group (eg phenoxy group, 2-methylphenoxy group, 4-tert-butylphenoxy group, 3-nitrophenoxy group, 2-tetradecanoylaminophenoxy group etc.), acyloxy group (eg Formyloxy group, acetyloxy group, pivaloyloxy group, stearoyloxy group, benzoyloxy group, p-methoxyphenylcarbonyloxy group, etc.), amino group (for example, amino group, methylamino group, dimethylamino group, anilino group, N- Methyl-anilino group, diphenyl Amino groups, etc.), acylamino groups (eg, formylamino group, acetylamino group, pivaloylamino group, lauroylamino group, benzoylamino group, etc.), alkyl and arylsulfonylamino groups (eg, methylsulfonylamino group, butylsulfonylamino group, Phenylsulfonylamino group, 2,3,5-trichlorophenylsulfonylamino group, p-methylphenylsulfonylamino group, etc.), mercapto group, alkylthio group (eg, methylthio group, ethylthio group, n-hexadecylthio group, etc.), arylthio group (Eg, phenylthio group, p-chlorophenylthio group, m-methoxyphenylthio group, etc.), sulfamoyl group (eg, N-ethylsulfamoyl group, N- (3-dodecyloxypropyl) sulfamoyl group) N, N-dimethylsulfamoyl group, N-acetylsulfamoyl group, N-benzoylsulfamoyl group, N- (N′phenylcarbamoyl) sulfamoyl group, etc.), sulfo group, acyl group (for example, acetyl group) Pivaloylbenzoyl group, etc.), carbamoyl group (for example, carbamoyl group, N-methylcarbamoyl group, N, N-dimethylcarbamoyl group, N, N-di-n-octylcarbamoyl group, N- (methylsulfonyl) carbamoyl group) Etc.).
上記の置換基は、さらに上記の置換基で置換されていてもよい。 The above substituent may be further substituted with the above substituent.
WaおよびWbが互いに結合して環を形成する場合、以下のような構造が挙げられる。 When Wa and Wb are bonded to each other to form a ring, the following structures are exemplified.
式中、R4、R5、R6はそれぞれ水素原子または置換基を表し、置換基としては、上記R1、R2およびR3で表される置換基の具体例と同様の基を挙げることができる。 In the formula, R 4 , R 5 and R 6 each represent a hydrogen atom or a substituent, and examples of the substituent include the same groups as the specific examples of the substituent represented by R 1 , R 2 and R 3 above. be able to.
また、WaおよびWbのいずれか一方が水素原子で、他方が置環基を有する場合、たとえば以下のような構造が挙げられる。 Further, when either one of Wa and Wb is a hydrogen atom and the other has a ring-setting group, for example, the following structures can be mentioned.
式中、Rii、Riiiは、それぞれ上記R1、R2およびR3で表される置換基の具体例と同様の基を挙げることができる。 In the formula, R ii and R iii can include the same groups as the specific examples of the substituents represented by R 1 , R 2 and R 3 , respectively.
以下に、上記化合物(A)の具体例(I-1~I-9)を挙げるが、本実施形態で用いることがきる化合物は、以下の具体例によって何ら限定されることはない。 Specific examples (I-1 to I-9) of the compound (A) are listed below, but the compounds that can be used in the present embodiment are not limited by the following specific examples.
なお、上記化合物の合成は、既知の合成方法を適用して行うことができる。具体的には、Journal of Chemical Crystallography((1997);27(9); 512-526)、特開2010-31223号公報、特開2008-107767号公報等に記載の方法を参照して合成することができる。 In addition, the synthesis | combination of the said compound can be performed by applying a known synthesis method. Specifically, synthesis is performed with reference to the methods described in Journal of Chemical Crystallography ((1997); 27 (9); 512-526), JP 2010-31223 A, JP 2008-107767 A, and the like. be able to.
位相差フィルムにおける上記化合物の含有量としては、0.01~30質量%の範囲内であることが好ましく、より好ましくは1.0~20質量%の範囲内であり、さらに好ましくは1.0~10質量%の範囲内である。上記化合物の含有量が0.01~30質量%の範囲内であれば、透明性を損なわず、所望の位相差発現性を得られやすい。なお、この範囲の添加量では、位相差発現性は充分得られるが、逆波長分散特性は充分ではないか、逆波長分散性を所望の値とする場合に透明性が低下する場合がある。そこで、本実施形態では、後述する負の固有複屈折を有する添加剤を含有させて、逆波長分散特性を調整することを特徴とする。 The content of the compound in the retardation film is preferably in the range of 0.01 to 30% by mass, more preferably in the range of 1.0 to 20% by mass, and still more preferably 1.0. Within the range of ˜10% by mass. When the content of the compound is in the range of 0.01 to 30% by mass, the desired retardation development property is easily obtained without impairing transparency. When the addition amount is within this range, sufficient retardation can be obtained, but the reverse wavelength dispersion characteristic is not sufficient, or the transparency may be lowered when the reverse wavelength dispersion is set to a desired value. Therefore, the present embodiment is characterized in that an additive having negative intrinsic birefringence, which will be described later, is added to adjust the reverse wavelength dispersion characteristic.
<負の固有複屈折を有する添加剤>
位相差フィルムは、負の固有複屈折を有する添加剤を含有する。本実施形態では、さらに負の固有複屈折を有する添加剤を添加することにより、位相差を適切に調整しつつ、逆波長分散特性をさらに付与する。なお、本明細書において「負の固有複屈折を有する添加剤」とは、フィルムに添加された場合において、添加されない場合と比較した場合に、延伸方向と垂直な方向に屈折率が大きくなるような位相差を発現し得る性質、または、延伸方向の位相差の発現性を弱める性質を有する添加剤をいう。
<Additives with negative intrinsic birefringence>
The retardation film contains an additive having negative intrinsic birefringence. In the present embodiment, by adding an additive having a negative intrinsic birefringence, the reverse wavelength dispersion characteristic is further imparted while appropriately adjusting the phase difference. In the present specification, “additive having negative intrinsic birefringence” means that when added to the film, the refractive index increases in the direction perpendicular to the stretching direction when compared with the case where it is not added. It refers to an additive having the property of exhibiting a proper phase difference or the property of weakening the expression of a retardation in the stretching direction.
負の固有複屈折を有する添加剤としては特に限定されず、ポリエステル系ポリマー、スチレン系ポリマーおよびアクリル系ポリマーおよびこれら等の共重合体等を挙げることができる。これらの中でも、位相差発現性の劣化を抑制しながら、良好な逆波長分散特性を付与し得る観点から、脂肪族ポリエステル系ポリマー、スチレンマレイン酸系ポリマー、アクリル系ポリマーが好ましく、これらは1種または2種以上を混合して用いることができる。 The additive having negative intrinsic birefringence is not particularly limited, and examples thereof include polyester polymers, styrene polymers, acrylic polymers, and copolymers thereof. Among these, an aliphatic polyester polymer, a styrene maleic acid polymer, and an acrylic polymer are preferable from the viewpoint of imparting good reverse wavelength dispersion characteristics while suppressing deterioration of retardation development. Or 2 or more types can be mixed and used.
負の固有複屈折を有する添加剤の数平均分子量(Mn)は、700~8000であることが好ましく、700~5000であることがより好ましく、1000~5000であることがさらに好ましい。 The number average molecular weight (Mn) of the additive having negative intrinsic birefringence is preferably 700 to 8000, more preferably 700 to 5000, and still more preferably 1000 to 5000.
λ/4位相差フィルムにおける負の固有複屈折を有する添加剤の含有量としては、0.01~30質量%の範囲内であることが好ましく、より好ましくは1~20質量%の範囲内であり、さらに好ましくは1~10質量%の範囲内である。負の固有複屈折を有する添加剤の含有量を0.01~30質量%とすることにより、内部ヘイズが低く、かつ、透明性が高いλ/4位相差フィルムが得られ得る。また、正の固有複屈折を有する樹脂とリタデーション上昇能と波長分散調整能とを有する添加剤とを配合することにより得られた位相差発現性を調整しつつ、逆波長分散特性を充分に付与し得る。 The content of the additive having negative intrinsic birefringence in the λ / 4 retardation film is preferably in the range of 0.01 to 30% by mass, more preferably in the range of 1 to 20% by mass. More preferably, it is in the range of 1 to 10% by mass. By setting the content of the additive having negative intrinsic birefringence to 0.01 to 30% by mass, a λ / 4 retardation film having low internal haze and high transparency can be obtained. In addition, it fully imparts reverse wavelength dispersion characteristics while adjusting the phase difference obtained by blending a resin having positive intrinsic birefringence and an additive having retardation increasing ability and wavelength dispersion adjusting ability. Can do.
(ポリエステル系ポリマー)
ポリエステル系ポリマーとしては、炭素数2~20の脂肪族ジカルボン酸と、炭素数2~12の脂肪族ジオール、炭素数4~20のアルキルエーテルジオールから選ばれる少なくとも1種以上のジオールとの反応によって得られるものであり、かつ反応物の両末端は反応物のままでもよいが、さらにモノカルボン酸類やモノアルコール類またはフェノール類を反応させて、いわゆる末端の封止を実施したものが挙げられる。この末端封止により、フリーなカルボン酸類が含有されないため、保存性等が向上し得る。ポリエステル系ポリマーに使用されるジカルボン酸は、炭素数4~20の脂肪族ジカルボン酸残基または炭素数8~20の芳香族ジカルボン酸残基であることが好ましい。
(Polyester polymer)
The polyester polymer is obtained by reacting an aliphatic dicarboxylic acid having 2 to 20 carbon atoms with at least one diol selected from an aliphatic diol having 2 to 12 carbon atoms and an alkyl ether diol having 4 to 20 carbon atoms. Although both of the ends of the reaction product may be obtained as the reaction product, a product obtained by further reacting a monocarboxylic acid, a monoalcohol, or a phenol to perform so-called end-capping can be mentioned. By this end capping, free carboxylic acids are not contained, so that storage stability and the like can be improved. The dicarboxylic acid used in the polyester polymer is preferably an aliphatic dicarboxylic acid residue having 4 to 20 carbon atoms or an aromatic dicarboxylic acid residue having 8 to 20 carbon atoms.
炭素数2~20の脂肪族ジカルボン酸としては、たとえば、シュウ酸、マロン酸、コハク酸、マレイン酸、フマル酸、グルタル酸、アジピン酸、ピメリン酸、スベリン酸、アゼライン酸、セバシン酸、ドデカンジカルボン酸および1,4-シクロヘキサンジカルボン酸が挙げられる。これらの中でも、マロン酸、コハク酸、マレイン酸、フマル酸、グルタル酸、アジピン酸、アゼライン酸、1,4-シクロヘキサンジカルボン酸が好ましく、コハク酸、グルタル酸、アジピン酸がより好ましい。 Examples of the aliphatic dicarboxylic acid having 2 to 20 carbon atoms include oxalic acid, malonic acid, succinic acid, maleic acid, fumaric acid, glutaric acid, adipic acid, pimelic acid, suberic acid, azelaic acid, sebacic acid, and dodecanedicarboxylic acid. And acids and 1,4-cyclohexanedicarboxylic acid. Among these, malonic acid, succinic acid, maleic acid, fumaric acid, glutaric acid, adipic acid, azelaic acid, and 1,4-cyclohexanedicarboxylic acid are preferable, and succinic acid, glutaric acid, and adipic acid are more preferable.
ジオールとしては、たとえば、炭素数2~20の脂肪族ジオール、炭素数4~20のアルキルエーテルジオールが挙げられる。 Examples of the diol include aliphatic diols having 2 to 20 carbon atoms and alkyl ether diols having 4 to 20 carbon atoms.
炭素原子2~20の脂肪族ジオールとしては、アルキルジオールおよび脂環式ジオール類を挙げることができ、たとえば、エタンジオール、1,2-プロパンジオール、1,3-プロパンジオール、1,2-ブタンジオール、1,3-ブタンジオール、2-メチル-1,3-プロパンジオール、1,4-ブタンジオール、1,5-ペンタンジオール、2,2-ジメチル-1,3-プロパンジオール(ネオペンチルグリコール)、2,2-ジエチル-1,3-プロパンジオール(3,3-ジメチロ-ルペンタン)、2-n-ブチル-2-エチル-1,3プロパンジオール(3,3-ジメチロールヘプタン)、3-メチル-1,5-ペンタンジオール、1,6-ヘキサンジオール、2,2,4-トリメチル-1,3-ペンタンジオール、2-エチル-1,3-ヘキサンジオール、2-メチル-1,8-オクタンジオール、1,9-ノナンジオール、1,10-デカンジオール、1,12-オクタデカンジオール等が挙げられ、これらは、1種または2種以上の混合物として使用され得る。これらの中でも、エタンジオール、1,2-プロパンジオール、1,3-プロパンジオール、1,2-ブタンジオール、1,3-ブタンジオール、2-メチル-1,3-プロパンジオール、1,4-ブタンジオール、1,5-ペンタンジオール、3-メチル-1,5-ペンタンジオール、1,6-ヘキサンジオール、1,4-シクロヘキサンジオール、1,4-シクロヘキサンジメタノールが好ましく、エタンジオール、1,2-プロパンジオール、1,3-プロパンジオール、1,2-ブタンジオール、1,3-ブタンジオール、1,4-ブタンジオール、1,5-ペンタンジオール、1,6-ヘキサンジオール、1,4-シクロヘキサンジオール、1,4-シクロヘキサンジメタノールがより好ましい。 Examples of the aliphatic diol having 2 to 20 carbon atoms include alkyl diols and alicyclic diols such as ethane diol, 1,2-propanediol, 1,3-propanediol, 1,2-butane. Diol, 1,3-butanediol, 2-methyl-1,3-propanediol, 1,4-butanediol, 1,5-pentanediol, 2,2-dimethyl-1,3-propanediol (neopentyl glycol) ), 2,2-diethyl-1,3-propanediol (3,3-dimethylolpentane), 2-n-butyl-2-ethyl-1,3-propanediol (3,3-dimethylolheptane), 3 -Methyl-1,5-pentanediol, 1,6-hexanediol, 2,2,4-trimethyl-1,3-pentanediol, 2-ethyl 1,3-hexanediol, 2-methyl-1,8-octanediol, 1,9-nonanediol, 1,10-decanediol, 1,12-octadecanediol, and the like. Or it can be used as a mixture of two or more. Among these, ethanediol, 1,2-propanediol, 1,3-propanediol, 1,2-butanediol, 1,3-butanediol, 2-methyl-1,3-propanediol, 1,4- Preferred are butanediol, 1,5-pentanediol, 3-methyl-1,5-pentanediol, 1,6-hexanediol, 1,4-cyclohexanediol, 1,4-cyclohexanedimethanol, ethanediol, 2-propanediol, 1,3-propanediol, 1,2-butanediol, 1,3-butanediol, 1,4-butanediol, 1,5-pentanediol, 1,6-hexanediol, 1,4 -More preferred are cyclohexanediol and 1,4-cyclohexanedimethanol.
炭素数4~20のアルキルエーテルジオールとしては、たとえば、ポリテトラメチレンエーテルグリコール、ポリエチレンエーテルグリコール、ポリプロピレンエーテルグリコールおよびこれらの組み合わせが挙げられる。これらアルキルエーテルジオールの平均重合度としては特に限定されないが、たとえば2~20であり、好ましくは2~10であり、より好ましくは2~5であり、さらに好ましくは2~4である。このようなアルキルエーテルジオールとしては、たとえば、カーボワックス(Carbowax)レジン、プルロニックス(Pluronics)レジンおよびニアックス(Niax)レジンなどが挙げられる。 Examples of the alkyl ether diol having 4 to 20 carbon atoms include polytetramethylene ether glycol, polyethylene ether glycol, polypropylene ether glycol, and combinations thereof. The average degree of polymerization of these alkyl ether diols is not particularly limited, but is, for example, 2 to 20, preferably 2 to 10, more preferably 2 to 5, and further preferably 2 to 4. Examples of such alkyl ether diols include Carbowax resin, Pluronics resin, and Niax resin.
ポリエステル系ポリマーは、末端を疎水性官能基で保護することにより、高温高湿での経時劣化に対して有効であり、エステル基の加水分解を遅延させる観点から、末端がアルキル基または芳香族基で封止されることが好ましい。また、ポリエステル添加剤の両末端がカルボン酸やOH基とならないように、モノアルコール残基やモノカルボン酸残基で保護することが好ましい。この場合、モノアルコールとしては炭素数1~30の置換、無置換のモノアルコールが好ましく、メタノール、エタノール、プロパノール、イソプロパノール、ブタノール、イソブタノール、ペンタノール、イソペンタノール、ヘキサノール、イソヘキサノール、シクロヘキシルアルコール、オクタノール、イソオクタノール、2-エチルヘキシルアルコール、ノニルアルコール、イソノニルアルコール、tert-ノニルアルコール、デカノール、ドデカノール、ドデカヘキサノール、ドデカオクタノール、アリルアルコール、オレイルアルコールなどの脂肪族アルコール、ベンジルアルコール、3-フェニルプロパノールなどの置換アルコールなどが挙げられる。 Polyester polymers are effective against aging at high temperature and high humidity by protecting the terminal with a hydrophobic functional group. From the viewpoint of delaying hydrolysis of the ester group, the terminal is an alkyl group or an aromatic group. It is preferable to be sealed with. Further, it is preferable to protect the polyester additive with a monoalcohol residue or a monocarboxylic acid residue so that both ends of the polyester additive do not become a carboxylic acid or an OH group. In this case, the monoalcohol is preferably a substituted or unsubstituted monoalcohol having 1 to 30 carbon atoms, such as methanol, ethanol, propanol, isopropanol, butanol, isobutanol, pentanol, isopentanol, hexanol, isohexanol, cyclohexyl alcohol. , Octanol, isooctanol, 2-ethylhexyl alcohol, nonyl alcohol, isononyl alcohol, tert-nonyl alcohol, decanol, dodecanol, dodecahexanol, aliphatic alcohols such as dodecaoctanol, allyl alcohol, oleyl alcohol, benzyl alcohol, 3-phenyl Examples thereof include substituted alcohols such as propanol.
好ましく使用される末端封止用アルコールとしては、たとえば、メタノール、エタノール、プロパノール、イソプロパノール、ブタノール、イソブタノール、イソペンタノール、ヘキサノール、イソヘキサノール、シクロヘキシルアルコール、イソオクタノール、2-エチルヘキシルアルコール、イソノニルアルコール、オレイルアルコール、ベンジルアルコールであり、特にはメタノール、エタノール、プロパノール、イソブタノール、シクロヘキシルアルコール、2-エチルヘキシルアルコール、イソノニルアルコール、ベンジルアルコールである。 Examples of the end-capping alcohol preferably used include methanol, ethanol, propanol, isopropanol, butanol, isobutanol, isopentanol, hexanol, isohexanol, cyclohexyl alcohol, isooctanol, 2-ethylhexyl alcohol, and isononyl alcohol. Oleyl alcohol, benzyl alcohol, particularly methanol, ethanol, propanol, isobutanol, cyclohexyl alcohol, 2-ethylhexyl alcohol, isononyl alcohol, benzyl alcohol.
また、モノカルボン酸残基で封止する場合には、使用されるモノカルボン酸としては、炭素数1~30の置換、無置換のモノカルボン酸が好ましい。これらは、脂肪族モノカルボン酸でも芳香族環含有カルボン酸でもよい。好ましい脂肪族モノカルボン酸としては、酢酸、プロピオン酸、ブタン酸、カプリル酸、カプロン酸、デカン酸、ドデカン酸、ステアリン酸、オレイン酸が挙げられ、芳香族環含有モノカルボン酸としては、たとえば、安息香酸、p-tert-ブチル安息香酸、p-tert-アミル安息香酸、オルソトルイル酸、メタトルイル酸、パラトルイル酸、ジメチル安息香酸、エチル安息香酸、ノルマルプロピル安息香酸、アミノ安息香酸、アセトキシ安息香酸等が挙げられ、これらは1種または2種以上を併用することができる。 In the case of sealing with a monocarboxylic acid residue, the monocarboxylic acid used is preferably a substituted or unsubstituted monocarboxylic acid having 1 to 30 carbon atoms. These may be aliphatic monocarboxylic acids or aromatic ring-containing carboxylic acids. Preferred aliphatic monocarboxylic acids include acetic acid, propionic acid, butanoic acid, caprylic acid, caproic acid, decanoic acid, dodecanoic acid, stearic acid, oleic acid, and examples of aromatic ring-containing monocarboxylic acids include: Benzoic acid, p-tert-butylbenzoic acid, p-tert-amylbenzoic acid, orthotoluic acid, metatoluic acid, p-toluic acid, dimethylbenzoic acid, ethylbenzoic acid, normal propylbenzoic acid, aminobenzoic acid, acetoxybenzoic acid, etc. These may be used alone or in combination of two or more.
ポリエステル系ポリマーの合成は、常法によりジカルボン酸とジオールおよび/または末端封止用のモノカルボン酸またはモノアルコール、とのポリエステル化反応またはエステル交換反応による熱溶融縮合法か、あるいはこれら酸の酸クロライドとグリコール類との界面縮合法のいずれかの方法によっても容易に合成し得る。これらのポリエステル系添加剤については、村井孝一編著「添加剤 その理論と応用」((株)幸書房、昭和48年3月1日初版第1版発行)を参照し得る。また、特開平05-155809号公報、特開平05-155810号公報、特開平5-197073号公報、特開2006-259494号公報、特開平07-330670号公報、特開2006-342227号公報、特開2007-003679号公報などに記載されている素材を利用することができる。
The polyester-based polymer is synthesized by a hot melt condensation method by a polyesterification reaction or transesterification reaction between a dicarboxylic acid and a diol and / or a monocarboxylic acid or monoalcohol for end-capping, or an acid of these acids. It can be easily synthesized by any method of interfacial condensation between chloride and glycols. For these polyester-based additives, reference can be made to Koichi Murai's “Additives: Theory and Application” (Koshobo Co., Ltd., first edition published on March 1, 1973). In addition, JP 05-155809 A, JP 05-155810 A,
(スチレン系ポリマー)
スチレン系ポリマーとしては、好ましくは、一般式で表される芳香族ビニル系単量体から得られる構造単位を備えるポリマーが挙げられる。
(Styrene polymer)
Preferred examples of the styrenic polymer include polymers having a structural unit obtained from an aromatic vinyl monomer represented by the general formula.
芳香族ビニル系単量体としては特に限定されず、たとえば、スチレン;α-メチルスチレン、β-メチルスチレン、p-メチルスチレンなどのアルキル置換スチレン類;4-クロロスチレン、4-ブロモスチレンなどのハロゲン置換スチレン類;p-ヒドロキシスチレン、α-メチル-p-ヒドロキシスチレン、2-メチル-4-ヒドロキシスチレン、3,4-ジヒドロキシスチレンなどのヒドロキシスチレン類;ビニルベンジルアルコール類;p-メトキシスチレン、p-tert-ブトキシスチレン、m-tert-ブトキシスチレンなどのアルコキシ置換スチレン類;3-ビニル安息香酸、4-ビニル安息香酸などのビニル安息香酸類;メチル-4-ビニルベンゾエート、エチル-4-ビニルベンゾエートなどのビニル安息香酸エステル類;4-ビニルベンジルアセテート;4-アセトキシスチレン;2-ブチルアミドスチレン、4-メチルアミドスチレン、p-スルホンアミドスチレンなどのアミドスチレン類;3-アミノスチレン、4-アミノスチレン、2-イソプロペニルアニリン、ビニルベンジルジメチルアミンなどのアミノスチレン類;3-ニトロスチレン、4-ニトロスチレンなどのニトロスチレン類;3-シアノスチレン、4-シアノスチレンなどのシアノスチレン類;ビニルフェニルアセトニトリル;フェニルスチレンなどのアリールスチレン類、インデン類などが挙げられ、これらは2種以上を共重合成分として用いてもよい。これらのうち、工業的に入手が容易で、かつ安価な点で、スチレン、α-メチルスチレンが好ましい。 The aromatic vinyl monomer is not particularly limited. For example, styrene; alkyl-substituted styrenes such as α-methylstyrene, β-methylstyrene, and p-methylstyrene; 4-chlorostyrene, 4-bromostyrene, etc. Halogen-substituted styrenes; hydroxystyrenes such as p-hydroxystyrene, α-methyl-p-hydroxystyrene, 2-methyl-4-hydroxystyrene, 3,4-dihydroxystyrene; vinyl benzyl alcohols; p-methoxystyrene, Alkoxy-substituted styrenes such as p-tert-butoxystyrene and m-tert-butoxystyrene; vinyl benzoic acids such as 3-vinylbenzoic acid and 4-vinylbenzoic acid; methyl-4-vinylbenzoate, ethyl-4-vinylbenzoate Vinyl benzoate esthetics such as 4-vinylbenzyl acetate; 4-acetoxystyrene; amide styrenes such as 2-butylamidostyrene, 4-methylamidostyrene, p-sulfonamidostyrene; 3-aminostyrene, 4-aminostyrene, 2-isopropenyl Aminostyrenes such as aniline and vinylbenzyldimethylamine; nitrostyrenes such as 3-nitrostyrene and 4-nitrostyrene; cyanostyrenes such as 3-cyanostyrene and 4-cyanostyrene; vinylphenylacetonitrile; Examples thereof include aryl styrenes and indenes, and two or more thereof may be used as a copolymerization component. Of these, styrene and α-methylstyrene are preferable because they are easily available industrially and are inexpensive.
(アクリル系ポリマー)
アクリル系ポリマーとしては特に限定されず、たとえば、下記一般式で表されるアクリル酸エステル系単量体から得られる構造単位を備えるものが挙げられる。
(Acrylic polymer)
The acrylic polymer is not particularly limited, and examples thereof include those having a structural unit obtained from an acrylate ester monomer represented by the following general formula.
このようなアクリル酸エステル系単量体としては特に限定されず、たとえば、アクリル酸メチル、アクリル酸エチル、アクリル酸プロピル(i-、n-)、アクリル酸ブチル(n-、i-、s-、tert-)、アクリル酸ペンチル(n-、i-、s-)、アクリル酸ヘキシル(n-、i-)、アクリル酸ヘプチル(n-、i-)、アクリル酸オクチル(n-、i-)、アクリル酸ノニル(n-、i-)、アクリル酸ミリスチル(n-、i-)、アクリル酸(2-エチルヘキシル)、アクリル酸(ε-カプロラクトン)、アクリル酸(2-ヒドロキシエチル)、アクリル酸(2-ヒドロキシプロピル)、アクリル酸(3-ヒドロキシプロピル)、アクリル酸(4-ヒドロキシブチル)、アクリル酸(2-ヒドロキシブチル)、アクリル酸(2-メトキシエチル)、アクリル酸(2-エトキシエチル)アクリル酸フェニル、メタクリル酸フェニル、アクリル酸(2または4-クロロフェニル)、メタクリル酸(2または4-クロロフェニル)、アクリル酸(2または3または4-エトキシカルボニルフェニル)、メタクリル酸(2または3または4-エトキシカルボニルフェニル)、アクリル酸(oまたはmまたはp-トリル)、メタクリル酸(oまたはmまたはp-トリル)、アクリル酸ベンジル、メタクリル酸ベンジル、アクリル酸フェネチル、メタクリル酸フェネチル、アクリル酸(2-ナフチル)、アクリル酸シクロヘキシル、メタクリル酸シクロヘキシル、アクリル酸(4-メチルシクロヘキシル)、メタクリル酸(4-メチルシクロヘキシル)、アクリル酸(4-エチルシクロヘキシル)、メタクリル酸(4-エチルシクロヘキシル)等、または上記アクリル酸エステルをメタクリル酸エステルに変えたものを挙げることができ、これらは、2種以上を共重合成分として用いてもよい。これらのうち、工業的に入手が容易で、かつ安価な点で、アクリル酸メチル、アクリル酸エチル、アクリル酸プロピル(i-、n-)、アクリル酸ブチル(n-、i-、s-、tert-)、アクリル酸ペンチル(n-、i-、s-)、アクリル酸ヘキシル(n-、i-)、または上記アクリル酸エステルをメタクリル酸エステルに変えたものが好ましい。 Such an acrylate monomer is not particularly limited. For example, methyl acrylate, ethyl acrylate, propyl acrylate (i-, n-), butyl acrylate (n-, i-, s- , Tert-), pentyl acrylate (n-, i-, s-), hexyl acrylate (n-, i-), heptyl acrylate (n-, i-), octyl acrylate (n-, i-) ), Nonyl acrylate (n-, i-), myristyl acrylate (n-, i-), acrylic acid (2-ethylhexyl), acrylic acid (ε-caprolactone), acrylic acid (2-hydroxyethyl), acrylic Acid (2-hydroxypropyl), acrylic acid (3-hydroxypropyl), acrylic acid (4-hydroxybutyl), acrylic acid (2-hydroxybutyl), acrylic acid ( -Methoxyethyl), acrylic acid (2-ethoxyethyl) phenyl acrylate, phenyl methacrylate, acrylic acid (2 or 4-chlorophenyl), methacrylic acid (2 or 4-chlorophenyl), acrylic acid (2 or 3 or 4- Ethoxycarbonylphenyl), methacrylic acid (2 or 3 or 4-ethoxycarbonylphenyl), acrylic acid (o or m or p-tolyl), methacrylic acid (o or m or p-tolyl), benzyl acrylate, benzyl methacrylate Phenethyl acrylate, phenethyl methacrylate, acrylic acid (2-naphthyl), cyclohexyl acrylate, cyclohexyl methacrylate, acrylic acid (4-methylcyclohexyl), methacrylic acid (4-methylcyclohexyl), acrylic acid (4-ethyl) Cyclohexyl), methacrylic acid (4-ethylcyclohexyl) and the like, or those obtained by replacing the above acrylic ester with a methacrylic ester, and two or more thereof may be used as a copolymerization component. Of these, methyl acrylate, ethyl acrylate, propyl acrylate (i-, n-), butyl acrylate (n-, i-, s-, tert-), pentyl acrylate (n-, i-, s-), hexyl acrylate (n-, i-), or those obtained by replacing the acrylate ester with a methacrylate ester are preferred.
共重合体は、上記芳香族ビニル系単量体およびアクリル酸エステル系単量体から得られる構造単位を少なくとも1種含むものが好ましい。 The copolymer preferably contains at least one structural unit obtained from the aromatic vinyl monomer and the acrylate monomer.
また、共重合体を構成する上記以外の構造としては特に限定されないが、前記単量体と共重合性に優れたものであることが好ましく、たとえば、無水マレイン酸、無水シトラコン酸、シス-1-シクロヘキセン-1,2-無水ジカルボン酸、3-メチル-シス-1-シクロヘキセン-1,2-無水ジカルボン酸、4-メチル-シス-1-シクロヘキセン-1,2-無水ジカルボン酸等の酸無水物、アクリロニトリル、メタクリロニトリルなどのニトリル基含有ラジカル重合性単量体;アクリルアミド、メタクリルアミド、トリフルオロメタンスルホニルアミノエチル(メタ)アクリレートなどのアミド結合含有ラジカル重合性単量体;酢酸ビニルなどの脂肪酸ビニル類;塩化ビニル、塩化ビニリデンなどの塩素含有ラジカル重合性単量体;1,3-ブタジエン、イソプレン、1,4-ジメチルブタジエン等の共役ジオレフィン類を挙げることができる。これらの中では、スチレン-アクリル酸共重合体、スチレン-無水マレイン酸共重合体、スチレン-アクリロニトリル共重合体が好ましい。 Further, the structure other than the above constituting the copolymer is not particularly limited, but is preferably one having excellent copolymerizability with the monomer, for example, maleic anhydride, citraconic anhydride, cis-1 Acid anhydrides such as cyclohexene-1,2-dicarboxylic anhydride, 3-methyl-cis-1-cyclohexene-1,2-dicarboxylic anhydride, 4-methyl-cis-1-cyclohexene-1,2-dicarboxylic anhydride Nitrile group-containing radical polymerizable monomers such as acrylonitrile and methacrylonitrile; amide bond-containing radical polymerizable monomers such as acrylamide, methacrylamide and trifluoromethanesulfonylaminoethyl (meth) acrylate; fatty acids such as vinyl acetate Vinyls; chlorine-containing radical polymerizable monomers such as vinyl chloride and vinylidene chloride; , It may be mentioned 3-butadiene, isoprene, conjugated diolefins such as 1,4-dimethyl butadiene. Of these, styrene-acrylic acid copolymers, styrene-maleic anhydride copolymers, and styrene-acrylonitrile copolymers are preferred.
<その他の添加剤>
本実施形態の位相差フィルムは、上記した主たる成分として正の固有複屈折を有する樹脂を有し、さらにリタデーション上昇能と波長分散調整能とを有する添加剤、負の固有複屈折を有する添加剤以外に、その他の添加剤として各種添加剤を含有することができる。
<Other additives>
The retardation film of the present embodiment has a resin having positive intrinsic birefringence as the main component described above, and further has an additive having retardation increasing ability and wavelength dispersion adjusting ability, and an additive having negative intrinsic birefringence. In addition, various additives can be contained as other additives.
(有機溶媒)
本実施形態では、セルロースアシレートを溶解してセルロースアシレート溶液、あるいはドープを調製するために有機溶媒を使用することができる。有機溶媒としては、主に、塩素系有機溶媒と非塩素系有機溶媒を使用することができる。
(Organic solvent)
In the present embodiment, an organic solvent can be used to dissolve the cellulose acylate to prepare a cellulose acylate solution or a dope. As the organic solvent, a chlorinated organic solvent and a non-chlorinated organic solvent can be mainly used.
塩素系有機溶媒としては、メチレンクロライド(塩化メチレン)を挙げることができる。また、非塩素系有機溶媒としては、たとえば、酢酸メチル、酢酸エチル、酢酸アミル、アセトン、テトラヒドロフラン、1,3-ジオキソラン、1,4-ジオキサン、シクロヘキサノン、ギ酸エチル、2,2,2-トリフルオロエタノール、2,2,3,3-ヘキサフルオロ-1-プロパノール、1,3-ジフルオロ-2-プロパノール、1,1,1,3,3,3-ヘキサフルオロ-2-メチル-2-プロパノール、1,1,1,3,3,3-ヘキサフルオロ-2-プロパノール、2,2,3,3,3-ペンタフルオロ-1-プロパノール、ニトロエタン等を挙げることができる。昨今の環境問題の観点から、非塩素系有機溶媒が好ましく使用される。 Examples of the chlorinated organic solvent include methylene chloride (methylene chloride). Non-chlorine organic solvents include, for example, methyl acetate, ethyl acetate, amyl acetate, acetone, tetrahydrofuran, 1,3-dioxolane, 1,4-dioxane, cyclohexanone, ethyl formate, 2,2,2-trifluoro Ethanol, 2,2,3,3-hexafluoro-1-propanol, 1,3-difluoro-2-propanol, 1,1,1,3,3,3-hexafluoro-2-methyl-2-propanol, Examples include 1,1,1,3,3,3-hexafluoro-2-propanol, 2,2,3,3,3-pentafluoro-1-propanol, and nitroethane. From the viewpoint of recent environmental problems, non-chlorine organic solvents are preferably used.
これらの有機溶媒を、セルロースアシレートに対して使用する場合には、常温での溶解方法、高温溶解方法、冷却溶解方法、高圧溶解方法等の公知の溶解方法により、不溶解物を少なくすることが好ましい。セルロースアシレートに対しては、メチレンクロライドを用いることもできるが、酢酸メチル、酢酸エチル、アセトンを用いることが好ましく、その中でも、特に酢酸メチルが好ましい。 When these organic solvents are used for cellulose acylate, the insoluble matter should be reduced by a known dissolution method such as a dissolution method at room temperature, a high-temperature dissolution method, a cooling dissolution method, or a high-pressure dissolution method. Is preferred. For the cellulose acylate, methylene chloride can be used, but methyl acetate, ethyl acetate, and acetone are preferably used, and among them, methyl acetate is particularly preferable.
本明細書において、上記セルロースアシレートに対して良好な溶解性を有する有機溶媒を良溶媒といい、また溶解に主たる効果を示し、その中で多量に使用する有機溶媒を、主(有機)溶媒または主たる(有機)溶媒という。 In the present specification, an organic solvent having good solubility with respect to the cellulose acylate is referred to as a good solvent, and an organic solvent which exhibits a main effect on dissolution and is used in a large amount among them is referred to as a main (organic) solvent. Or the main (organic) solvent.
本実施形態の位相差フィルムの製膜に用いられるドープには、上記有機溶媒の他に、1~40質量%の範囲内で、炭素数1~4のアルコールを含有させることが好ましい。これらのアルコールは、ドープを金属支持体上に流延した後、有機溶媒の蒸発が開始され、アルコール成分の相対比率が高くなると、ドープ膜(ウェブ)がゲル化し、ウェブを丈夫にし、金属支持体から剥離することを容易にするゲル化溶媒として作用させることができ、これらのアルコールの割合が低い時には、非塩素系有機溶媒のセルロースアシレートの溶解を促進する役割もある。 The dope used for forming the retardation film of the present embodiment preferably contains an alcohol having 1 to 4 carbon atoms in the range of 1 to 40% by mass in addition to the organic solvent. These alcohols, after casting the dope on a metal support, start to evaporate the organic solvent, and when the relative proportion of the alcohol component increases, the dope film (web) gels, making the web strong and supporting the metal It can act as a gelling solvent that makes it easy to peel off from the body. When the proportion of these alcohols is low, it also has a role of promoting dissolution of cellulose acylate, a non-chlorine organic solvent.
炭素数が1~4の範囲内にあるアルコールとしては、メタノール、エタノール、n-プロパノール、iso-プロパノール、n-ブタノール、sec-ブタノール、tert-ブタノールを挙げることができる。これらのうち、ドープの安定性に優れ、沸点も比較的低く、乾燥性もよいこと等の観点から、エタノールを用いることが好ましい。これらのアルコール類は、単独ではセルロースアシレートに対して溶解性を有していないので、貧溶媒として分類される。 Examples of the alcohol having 1 to 4 carbon atoms include methanol, ethanol, n-propanol, iso-propanol, n-butanol, sec-butanol, and tert-butanol. Of these, it is preferable to use ethanol from the viewpoints of excellent dope stability, relatively low boiling point, and good drying properties. These alcohols are categorized as poor solvents because they are not soluble in cellulose acylate alone.
ドープ中のセルロースアシレートの濃度は15~30質量%の範囲内であることが好ましく、ドープ粘度は100~500Pa・sの範囲内に調整することが、優れたフィルム面品質を得る観点から好ましい。 The cellulose acylate concentration in the dope is preferably in the range of 15 to 30% by mass, and the dope viscosity is preferably adjusted in the range of 100 to 500 Pa · s from the viewpoint of obtaining excellent film surface quality. .
ドープ中に添加することのできる添加剤としては、たとえば、可塑剤、紫外線吸収剤、リン系難燃剤、マット剤、酸化防止剤、帯電防止剤、劣化防止剤、剥離助剤、界面活性剤、染料、微粒子等が挙げられる。本実施形態において、微粒子以外の添加剤については、セルロースアシレート溶液の調製時に添加してもよいし、微粒子分散液の調製時に添加してもよい。画像表示装置に使用する偏光板には耐熱耐湿性を付与する可塑剤、酸化防止剤や紫外線吸収剤等を添加することが好ましい。 Examples of additives that can be added to the dope include plasticizers, ultraviolet absorbers, phosphorus-based flame retardants, matting agents, antioxidants, antistatic agents, anti-degradation agents, peeling aids, surfactants, Examples thereof include dyes and fine particles. In the present embodiment, additives other than the fine particles may be added when preparing the cellulose acylate solution, or may be added when preparing the fine particle dispersion. It is preferable to add a plasticizer, an antioxidant, an ultraviolet absorber, or the like that imparts heat and moisture resistance to the polarizing plate used in the image display device.
(可塑剤)
本実施形態の位相差フィルムには、組成物の流動性や柔軟性を向上する目的で、各種可塑剤を併用することができる。可塑剤としては、たとえば、多価アルコールエステル系可塑剤、グリコレート系可塑剤、フタル酸エステル系可塑剤、クエン酸エステル系可塑剤、脂肪酸エステル系可塑剤、リン酸エステル系可塑剤、多価カルボン酸エステル系可塑剤、アクリル系可塑剤等が挙げられる。用途に応じてこれらの可塑剤を選択、あるいは併用することによって、広範囲の用途に適用できる。
(Plasticizer)
In the retardation film of this embodiment, various plasticizers can be used in combination for the purpose of improving the fluidity and flexibility of the composition. Examples of plasticizers include polyhydric alcohol ester plasticizers, glycolate plasticizers, phthalate ester plasticizers, citrate ester plasticizers, fatty acid ester plasticizers, phosphate ester plasticizers, and polyvalent plasticizers. Examples thereof include carboxylic acid ester plasticizers and acrylic plasticizers. It can be applied to a wide range of uses by selecting or using these plasticizers according to the use.
(糖エステル化合物)
本実施形態の位相差フィルムでは、相溶剤として糖エステル化合物を含有することが好ましい。糖エステル化合物としては、ピラノース構造またはフラノース構造の少なくとも1種を1~12個有し、その構造のヒドロキシ基のすべてまたは一部がエステル化された、セルロースエステルを除く糖エステル化合物を挙げることができる。
(Sugar ester compound)
In the retardation film of this embodiment, it is preferable to contain a sugar ester compound as a compatibilizer. Examples of the sugar ester compound include sugar ester compounds excluding cellulose ester having 1 to 12 at least one pyranose structure or furanose structure, and all or part of the hydroxy groups of the structure are esterified. it can.
糖エステル化合物としては特に限定されず、ピラノース構造またはフラノース構造を有する化合物(糖類)としては、たとえば、グルコース、ガラクトース、マンノース、フルクトース、キシロース、あるいはアラビノース、ラクトース、スクロース、ニストース、1F-フラクトシルニストース、スタキオース、マルチトール、ラクチトール、ラクチュロース、セロビオース、マルトース、セロトリオース、マルトトリオース、ラフィノース、ケストースなどが挙げられる。このほか、ゲンチオビオース、ゲンチオトリオース、ゲンチオテトラオース、キシロトリオース、ガラクトシルスクロースなどが挙げられる。これらの中で、特に、ピラノース構造とフラノース構造の双方を有する化合物が好ましい。具体的には、たとえば、スクロース、ケストース、ニストース、1F-フラクトシルニストース、スタキオースなどが好ましく、特にスクロースが好ましい。 The sugar ester compound is not particularly limited, and examples of the compound (saccharide) having a pyranose structure or furanose structure include glucose, galactose, mannose, fructose, xylose, or arabinose, lactose, sucrose, nystose, 1F-fructosyl varnish. Tose, stachyose, maltitol, lactitol, lactulose, cellobiose, maltose, cellotriose, maltotriose, raffinose, kestose and the like can be mentioned. In addition, gentiobiose, gentiotriose, gentiotetraose, xylotriose, galactosyl sucrose and the like can be mentioned. Among these, compounds having both a pyranose structure and a furanose structure are particularly preferable. Specifically, for example, sucrose, kestose, nystose, 1F-fructosyl nystose, stachyose and the like are preferable, and sucrose is particularly preferable.
上述したピラノース構造またはフラノース構造を有する化合物(糖)のヒドロキシ基のすべてまたは一部をエステル化するために用いられるモノカルボン酸としては特に限定されず、公知の脂肪族モノカルボン酸、脂環族モノカルボン酸、芳香族モノカルボン酸等が1種または2種以上を混合して用いられ得る。 The monocarboxylic acid used for esterifying all or part of the hydroxy group of the compound (sugar) having the pyranose structure or furanose structure described above is not particularly limited, and is a known aliphatic monocarboxylic acid or alicyclic group. Monocarboxylic acids, aromatic monocarboxylic acids and the like may be used alone or in combination of two or more.
好ましい脂肪族モノカルボン酸としては、たとえば、酢酸、プロピオン酸、酪酸、イソ酪酸、吉草酸、カプロン酸、エナント酸、カプリル酸、ペラルゴン酸、カプリン酸、2-エチル-ヘキサンカルボン酸、ウンデシル酸、ラウリン酸、トリデシル酸、ミリスチン酸、ペンタデシル酸、パルミチン酸、ヘプタデシル酸、ステアリン酸、ノナデカン酸、アラキン酸、ベヘン酸、リグノセリン酸、セロチン酸、ヘプタコサン酸、モンタン酸、メリシン酸、ラクセル酸等の飽和脂肪酸;ウンデシレン酸、オレイン酸、ソルビン酸、リノール酸、リノレン酸、アラキドン酸、オクテン酸等の不飽和脂肪酸等が挙げられる。 Preferred aliphatic monocarboxylic acids include, for example, acetic acid, propionic acid, butyric acid, isobutyric acid, valeric acid, caproic acid, enanthic acid, caprylic acid, pelargonic acid, capric acid, 2-ethyl-hexanecarboxylic acid, undecyl acid, Saturation of lauric acid, tridecylic acid, myristic acid, pentadecylic acid, palmitic acid, heptadecylic acid, stearic acid, nonadecanoic acid, arachidic acid, behenic acid, lignoceric acid, serotic acid, heptacosanoic acid, montanic acid, mellicic acid, and laxaric acid Fatty acids: Undecylenic acid, oleic acid, sorbic acid, linoleic acid, linolenic acid, arachidonic acid, unsaturated fatty acids such as octenoic acid, and the like.
好ましい脂環族モノカルボン酸としては、たとえば、酢酸、シクロペンタンカルボン酸、シクロヘキサンカルボン酸、シクロオクタンカルボン酸、またはそれらの誘導体が挙げられる。 Preferred examples of the alicyclic monocarboxylic acid include acetic acid, cyclopentane carboxylic acid, cyclohexane carboxylic acid, cyclooctane carboxylic acid, and derivatives thereof.
好ましい芳香族モノカルボン酸としては、たとえば、安息香酸、トルイル酸等の安息香酸のベンゼン環にアルキル基、アルコキシ基を導入した芳香族モノカルボン酸、ケイ皮酸、ベンジル酸、ビフェニルカルボン酸、ナフタリンカルボン酸、テトラリンカルボン酸等のベンゼン環を2個以上有する芳香族モノカルボン酸、またはそれらの誘導体が挙げられ、より具体的には、キシリル酸、ヘメリト酸、メシチレン酸、プレーニチル酸、γ-イソジュリル酸、ジュリル酸、メシト酸、α-イソジュリル酸、クミン酸、α-トルイル酸、ヒドロアトロパ酸、アトロパ酸、ヒドロケイ皮酸、サリチル酸、o-アニス酸、m-アニス酸、p-アニス酸、クレオソート酸、o-ホモサリチル酸、m-ホモサリチル酸、p-ホモサリチル酸、o-ピロカテク酸、β-レソルシル酸、バニリン酸、イソバニリン酸、ベラトルム酸、o-ベラトルム酸、没食子酸、アサロン酸、マンデル酸、ホモアニス酸、ホモバニリン酸、ホモベラトルム酸、o-ホモベラトルム酸、フタロン酸、p-クマル酸が挙げられる。これらの中でも特に安息香酸が好ましい。 Preferred aromatic monocarboxylic acids include, for example, aromatic monocarboxylic acids having an alkyl group or alkoxy group introduced into the benzene ring of benzoic acid such as benzoic acid and toluic acid, cinnamic acid, benzylic acid, biphenylcarboxylic acid, and naphthalene. Examples thereof include aromatic monocarboxylic acids having two or more benzene rings such as carboxylic acid and tetralin carboxylic acid, or derivatives thereof. More specifically, xylyl acid, hemelic acid, mesitylene acid, prenicylic acid, γ-isodryl. Acid, duryl acid, mesitoic acid, α-isoduric acid, cumic acid, α-toluic acid, hydroatropic acid, atropic acid, hydrocinnamic acid, salicylic acid, o-anisic acid, m-anisic acid, p-anisic acid, creosote Acid, o-homosalicylic acid, m-homosalicylic acid, p-homosalicylic acid, o-pyrocate Acid, β-resorcylic acid, vanillic acid, isovanillic acid, veratromic acid, o-veratrumic acid, gallic acid, asaronic acid, mandelic acid, homoanisic acid, homovanillic acid, homoveratrumic acid, o-homoveratric acid, phthalonic acid, p-coumaric Examples include acids. Among these, benzoic acid is particularly preferable.
本実施形態の位相差フィルムでは、位相差値の変動を抑制して表示品位を安定化する観点から、上記した糖エステル化合物は、位相差フィルム100質量%に対して、1~30質量%の範囲内で含まれることが好ましく、5~30質量%の範囲内で含まれることがより好ましい。糖エステル化合物の含有量が1~30質量%の範囲内であれば、上記の優れた効果を奏するとともに、ブリードアウトなども抑制され得る。 In the retardation film of the present embodiment, the sugar ester compound described above is 1 to 30% by mass with respect to 100% by mass of the retardation film from the viewpoint of stabilizing the display quality by suppressing the fluctuation of the retardation value. It is preferably contained within the range, and more preferably contained within the range of 5 to 30% by mass. When the content of the sugar ester compound is in the range of 1 to 30% by mass, the above-described excellent effects can be achieved and bleeding out and the like can be suppressed.
(紫外線吸収剤)
本実施形態の位相差フィルムまたは後述する円偏光板において使用される保護フィルムには、紫外線吸収剤を含有することが好ましい。
(UV absorber)
The protective film used in the retardation film of the present embodiment or the circularly polarizing plate described later preferably contains an ultraviolet absorber.
紫外線吸収剤としては、ベンゾトリアゾール系紫外線吸収剤、2-ヒドロキシベンゾフェノン系紫外線吸収剤またはサリチル酸フェニルエステル系紫外線吸収剤等が挙げられる。具体的には、たとえば、2-(5-メチル-2-ヒドロキシフェニル)ベンゾトリアゾール、2-[2-ヒドロキシ-3,5-ビス(α,α-ジメチルベンジル)フェニル]-2H-ベンゾトリアゾール、2-(3,5-ジ-t-ブチル-2-ヒドロキシフェニル)ベンゾトリアゾール等のトリアゾール類、2-ヒドロキシ-4-メトキシベンゾフェノン、2-ヒドロキシ-4-オクトキシベンゾフェノン、2,2′-ジヒドロキシ-4-メトキシベンゾフェノン等のベンゾフェノン類を例示することができる。 Examples of UV absorbers include benzotriazole UV absorbers, 2-hydroxybenzophenone UV absorbers, and salicylic acid phenyl ester UV absorbers. Specifically, for example, 2- (5-methyl-2-hydroxyphenyl) benzotriazole, 2- [2-hydroxy-3,5-bis (α, α-dimethylbenzyl) phenyl] -2H-benzotriazole, Triazoles such as 2- (3,5-di-t-butyl-2-hydroxyphenyl) benzotriazole, 2-hydroxy-4-methoxybenzophenone, 2-hydroxy-4-octoxybenzophenone, 2,2'-dihydroxy Examples thereof include benzophenones such as -4-methoxybenzophenone.
なお、分子量が400以上の紫外線吸収剤は、高沸点で揮発しにくく、高温成形時にも飛散しにくいため、比較的少量の添加で効果的に耐候性を改良することができる。 It should be noted that an ultraviolet absorber having a molecular weight of 400 or more is less likely to volatilize at a high boiling point and is difficult to disperse even during high temperature molding, and therefore weather resistance can be effectively improved with a relatively small amount of addition.
分子量が400以上の紫外線吸収剤としては、たとえば、2-[2-ヒドロキシ-3,5-ビス(α,α-ジメチルベンジル)フェニル]-2-ベンゾトリアゾール、2,2-メチレンビス[4-(1,1,3,3-テトラブチル)-6-(2H-ベンゾトリアゾール-2-イル)フェノール]等のベンゾトリアゾール系、ビス(2,2,6,6-テトラメチル-4-ピペリジル)セバケート、ビス(1,2,2,6,6-ペンタメチル-4-ピペリジル)セバケート等のヒンダードアミン系、さらには2-(3,5-ジ-t-ブチル-4-ヒドロキシベンジル)-2-n-ブチルマロン酸ビス(1,2,2,6,6-ペンタメチル-4-ピペリジル)、1-[2-[3-(3,5-ジ-t-ブチル-4-ヒドロキシフェニル)プロピオニルオキシ]エチル]-4-[3-(3,5-ジ-t-ブチル-4-ヒドロキシフェニル)プロピオニルオキシ]-2,2,6,6-テトラメチルピペリジン等の分子内にヒンダードフェノールとヒンダードアミンの構造を共に有するハイブリッド系のものが挙げられ、これらは単独で、あるいは2種以上を併用して使用することができる。これらの中でも、2-[2-ヒドロキシ-3,5-ビス(α,α-ジメチルベンジル)フェニル]-2-ベンゾトリアゾールや2,2-メチレンビス[4-(1,1,3,3-テトラブチル)-6-(2H-ベンゾトリアゾール-2-イル)フェノール]が好ましい。これらは、市販品を用いてもよく、たとえば、BASFジャパン(株)製のチヌビン109、チヌビン171、チヌビン234、チヌビン326、チヌビン327、チヌビン328、チヌビン928等のチヌビン類を好ましく使用できる。
Examples of the ultraviolet absorber having a molecular weight of 400 or more include 2- [2-hydroxy-3,5-bis (α, α-dimethylbenzyl) phenyl] -2-benzotriazole, 2,2-methylenebis [4- ( Benzotriazoles such as 1,1,3,3-tetrabutyl) -6- (2H-benzotriazol-2-yl) phenol], bis (2,2,6,6-tetramethyl-4-piperidyl) sebacate, Hindered amines such as bis (1,2,2,6,6-pentamethyl-4-piperidyl) sebacate and 2- (3,5-di-t-butyl-4-hydroxybenzyl) -2-n-butyl Bis (1,2,2,6,6-pentamethyl-4-piperidyl) malonate, 1- [2- [3- (3,5-di-tert-butyl-4-hydroxyphenyl) propionyl Oxy] ethyl] -4- [3- (3,5-di-t-butyl-4-hydroxyphenyl) propionyloxy] -2,2,6,6-tetramethylpiperidine and the like with hindered phenol The hybrid type | system | group which has the structure of a hindered amine is mentioned, These can be used individually or in combination of 2 or more types. Among these, 2- [2-hydroxy-3,5-bis (α, α-dimethylbenzyl) phenyl] -2-benzotriazole and 2,2-methylenebis [4- (1,1,3,3-tetrabutyl) ) -6- (2H-benzotriazol-2-yl) phenol] is preferred. Commercially available products may be used. For example, TINUVIN such as
(リン系難燃剤)
位相差フィルムには、リン系難燃剤を配合した難燃アクリル系樹脂組成物を用いてもよい。リン系難燃剤としては、赤リン、トリアリールリン酸エステル、ジアリールリン酸エステル、モノアリールリン酸エステル、アリールホスホン酸化合物、アリールホスフィンオキシド化合物、縮合アリールリン酸エステル、ハロゲン化アルキルリン酸エステル、含ハロゲン縮合リン酸エステル、含ハロゲン縮合ホスホン酸エステル、含ハロゲン亜リン酸エステル等から選ばれる1種または2種以上の混合物を挙げることができる。具体的には、たとえば、トリフェニルホスフェート、9,10-ジヒドロ-9-オキサ-10-ホスファフェナンスレン-10-オキシド、フェニルホスホン酸、トリス(β-クロロエチル)ホスフェート、トリス(ジクロロプロピル)ホスフェート、トリス(トリブロモネオペンチル)ホスフェート等が挙げられる。
(Phosphorus flame retardant)
For the retardation film, a flame retardant acrylic resin composition containing a phosphorus flame retardant may be used. Phosphorus flame retardants include red phosphorus, triaryl phosphate ester, diaryl phosphate ester, monoaryl phosphate ester, aryl phosphonate compound, aryl phosphine oxide compound, condensed aryl phosphate ester, halogenated alkyl phosphate ester, Examples thereof include one or a mixture of two or more selected from halogen-condensed phosphoric acid esters, halogen-containing condensed phosphonic acid esters, halogen-containing phosphorous acid esters, and the like. Specifically, for example, triphenyl phosphate, 9,10-dihydro-9-oxa-10-phosphaphenanthrene-10-oxide, phenylphosphonic acid, tris (β-chloroethyl) phosphate, tris (dichloropropyl) Examples thereof include phosphate and tris (tribromoneopentyl) phosphate.
(マット剤)
また、本実施形態の位相差フィルムには、取扱性を向上させるため、たとえば二酸化ケイ素、二酸化チタン、酸化アルミニウム、酸化ジルコニウム、炭酸カルシウム、カオリン、タルク、焼成ケイ酸カルシウム、水和ケイ酸カルシウム、ケイ酸アルミニウム、ケイ酸マグネシウム、リン酸カルシウム等の無機微粒子や架橋高分子などのマット剤を含有させることが好ましい。中でも二酸化ケイ素がフィルムのヘイズを小さくできるので好ましく用いられる。
(Matting agent)
Further, the retardation film of this embodiment has, for example, silicon dioxide, titanium dioxide, aluminum oxide, zirconium oxide, calcium carbonate, kaolin, talc, calcined calcium silicate, hydrated calcium silicate, It is preferable to contain a matting agent such as inorganic fine particles such as aluminum silicate, magnesium silicate and calcium phosphate, and a crosslinked polymer. Among these, silicon dioxide is preferably used because it can reduce the haze of the film.
微粒子の平均一次粒子径としては、20nm以下が好ましく、5~16nmがより好ましく、5~12nmがさらに好ましい。 The average primary particle diameter of the fine particles is preferably 20 nm or less, more preferably 5 to 16 nm, and further preferably 5 to 12 nm.
(その他)
さらに、位相差フィルムには、成形加工時の熱分解性や熱着色性を改良するために各種の酸化防止剤を添加することもできる。また帯電防止剤を加えて、位相差フィルムに帯電防止性能を与えることも可能である。
(Other)
Furthermore, various antioxidants can also be added to the retardation film in order to improve the thermal decomposability and thermal colorability during molding. It is also possible to add an antistatic agent to impart antistatic performance to the retardation film.
<位相差フィルムの物理特性>
(膜厚および幅)
本実施形態の位相差フィルムの膜厚は特に限定はされず、10~250μmの範囲内とすることができる。上記のとおり、位相差フィルムは、正の固有複屈折を有する樹脂と、リタデーション上昇能と波長分散調整能とを有する添加剤と、負の固有複屈折を有する添加剤とを含有することにより、膜厚を従来のように大きくしなくても、位相差発現性を高くすることができる。位相差フィルムは、膜厚を、たとえば20~100μmとしてもよく、より薄く20~80μmとしてもよく、さらに薄く20~65μmとしても充分に優れた位相差発現性、逆波長分散特性を示し得る。
<Physical properties of retardation film>
(Film thickness and width)
The film thickness of the retardation film of the present embodiment is not particularly limited, and can be in the range of 10 to 250 μm. As described above, the retardation film contains a resin having positive intrinsic birefringence, an additive having retardation increasing ability and wavelength dispersion adjusting ability, and an additive having negative intrinsic birefringence. Even if the film thickness is not increased as in the prior art, the phase difference can be enhanced. The retardation film may have a film thickness of, for example, 20 to 100 μm, a thinner thickness of 20 to 80 μm, and a thinner thickness of 20 to 65 μm, and can exhibit sufficiently excellent retardation development and reverse wavelength dispersion characteristics.
本実施形態の位相差フィルムは、幅として1~4mの範囲内のものを用いることができ、1.4~4mのものを好ましく用いることができ、1.6~3mのものをより好ましく用いることができる。幅は、4m以下であれば搬送安定性を確保することができる。 The retardation film of the present embodiment can be used in the range of 1 to 4 m in width, preferably in the range of 1.4 to 4 m, more preferably in the range of 1.6 to 3 m. be able to. If the width is 4 m or less, the conveyance stability can be ensured.
(表面粗さ)
本実施形態の位相差フィルム表面の算術平均粗さとしては、約2.0~4.0nmであり、好ましくは2.5~3.5nmである。
(Surface roughness)
The arithmetic average roughness of the surface of the retardation film of the present embodiment is about 2.0 to 4.0 nm, preferably 2.5 to 3.5 nm.
(寸法変化率)
本実施形態の位相差フィルムは、たとえば有機ELディスプレイに適用した場合に、使用する環境雰囲気(たとえば、高湿環境)下での吸湿による寸法変化により、ムラや位相差値の変化およびコントラストの低下や色ムラといった問題を発生させないために、寸法変化率(%)が0.5%未満であることが好ましく、0.3%未満であることがより好ましい。
(Dimensional change rate)
When the retardation film of the present embodiment is applied to, for example, an organic EL display, unevenness, a change in retardation value, and a decrease in contrast due to a dimensional change due to moisture absorption under an environmental atmosphere (for example, a high humidity environment) to be used. In order to prevent problems such as color unevenness and color unevenness, the dimensional change rate (%) is preferably less than 0.5%, and more preferably less than 0.3%.
(故障耐性)
本実施形態の位相差フィルムでは、フィルム中の故障(以下、欠点ともいう)が少ないことが好ましい。具体的にはフィルム面内に、直径5μm以上の欠点が1個/10cm四方以下であることが好ましく、0.5個/10cm四方以下であることがより好ましく、0.1個/10cm四方以下であることがさらに好ましい。なお、本明細書において「欠点」とは、後述する溶液流延法による製膜において、乾燥工程での溶媒の急激な蒸発に起因して発生するフィルム中の空洞(発泡欠点)や、製膜原液中の異物や製膜中に混入する異物に起因するフィルム中の異物(異物欠点)をいう。また、上記欠点の直径とは、欠点が円形の場合はその直径を示し、円形でない場合は欠点の範囲を下記方法により顕微鏡で観察して決定し、その最大径(外接円の直径)とする。欠点の範囲は、欠点が気泡や異物の場合は、欠点を微分干渉顕微鏡の透過光で観察したときの影の大きさで測定する。また、欠点が、ローラ傷の転写や擦り傷など、表面形状の変化を伴う場合には、欠点を微分干渉顕微鏡の反射光で観察して大きさを確認する。なお、反射光で観察する場合に、欠点の大きさが不明瞭であれば、表面にアルミや白金を蒸着して観察する。欠点頻度にて表される品位に優れたフィルムを生産性よく得るには、ポリマー溶液を流延直前に高精度濾過することや、流延機周辺のクリーン度を高くすること、また、流延後の乾燥条件を段階的に設定し、効率よくかつ発泡を抑えて乾燥させることが有効である。
(Fault tolerance)
In the retardation film of this embodiment, it is preferable that there are few failures (hereinafter also referred to as defects) in the film. Specifically, the defects having a diameter of 5 μm or more in the film surface are preferably 1 piece / 10 cm square or less, more preferably 0.5 pieces / 10 cm square or less, and 0.1 pieces / 10 cm square or less. More preferably. In the present specification, the “defect” refers to a void in the film (foaming defect) generated due to rapid evaporation of the solvent in the drying step in film formation by the solution casting method described later, film formation This refers to foreign matter (foreign matter defect) in the film due to foreign matter in the stock solution or foreign matter mixed during film formation. The diameter of the defect indicates the diameter when the defect is circular, and when the defect is not circular, the range of the defect is determined by observing with a microscope according to the following method, and the maximum diameter (diameter of circumscribed circle) is determined. . When the defect is a bubble or a foreign object, the defect range is measured by the size of the shadow when the defect is observed with the transmitted light of the differential interference microscope. Further, when the defect is accompanied by a change in the surface shape such as transfer of a roller flaw or an abrasion, the size is confirmed by observing the defect with reflected light of a differential interference microscope. In addition, when observing with reflected light, if the size of the defect is unclear, aluminum or platinum is deposited on the surface for observation. In order to obtain a film with excellent quality expressed by the defect frequency with good productivity, it is necessary to filter the polymer solution with high precision immediately before casting, to increase the cleanliness around the casting machine, It is effective to set the subsequent drying conditions in stages, and to dry efficiently while suppressing foaming.
欠点の個数が1個/10cm四方より多いと、たとえば、後工程での加工時などでフィルムに張力がかかると、欠点を起点としてフィルムが破断して生産性が低下する場合がある。また、欠点の直径が5μm以上になると、偏光板観察などにより目視で確認でき、光学部材として用いたとき輝点が生じる場合がある。 If the number of defects is larger than 1/10 cm square, for example, if the film is tensioned during processing in a later process, the film may be broken starting from the defects and productivity may be reduced. Moreover, when the diameter of a defect becomes 5 micrometers or more, it can confirm visually by polarizing plate observation etc., and when used as an optical member, a bright spot may arise.
(破断伸度)
本実施形態の位相差フィルムは、JIS-K7127-1999に準拠した測定において、少なくとも一方向(幅手方向(TD方向)または搬送方向(MD方向))の破断伸度が、10%以上であることが好ましく、20%以上であることがより好ましい。破断伸度の上限は特に限定されず、現実的には250%程度である。破断伸度を大きくするには、異物や発泡に起因するフィルム中の欠点を抑制することが有効である。
(Elongation at break)
The retardation film of the present embodiment has a breaking elongation of at least 10% in at least one direction (the width direction (TD direction) or the conveyance direction (MD direction)) in the measurement based on JIS-K7127-1999. It is preferably 20% or more. The upper limit of the elongation at break is not particularly limited, and is practically about 250%. In order to increase the elongation at break, it is effective to suppress defects in the film caused by foreign matter and foaming.
(全光線透過率)
本実施形態の位相差フィルムは、全光線透過率が90%以上であることが好ましく、93%以上であることがより好ましい。全光線透過率の上限は特に限定されず、現実的には99%程度である。全光線透過率により表される優れた透明性を達成するためには、可視光を吸収する添加剤や共重合成分を導入しないようにすることや、ポリマー中の異物を高精度濾過により除去し、フィルム内部の光の拡散や吸収を低減させることが有効である。また、製膜時のフィルム接触部(冷却ローラ、カレンダーローラ、ドラム、ベルト、溶液製膜における塗布基材、搬送ローラなど)の表面粗さを小さくしてフィルム表面の表面粗さを小さくすることによりフィルム表面の光の拡散や反射を低減させることが有効である。
(Total light transmittance)
The retardation film of this embodiment preferably has a total light transmittance of 90% or more, and more preferably 93% or more. The upper limit of the total light transmittance is not particularly limited, and is practically about 99%. In order to achieve the excellent transparency expressed by the total light transmittance, it is necessary not to introduce additives and copolymerization components that absorb visible light, or to remove foreign substances in the polymer by high-precision filtration. It is effective to reduce the diffusion and absorption of light inside the film. Also, reduce the surface roughness of the film surface by reducing the surface roughness of the film contact area (cooling roller, calender roller, drum, belt, coating substrate in solution casting, transport roller, etc.) during film formation. It is effective to reduce the diffusion and reflection of light on the film surface.
<位相差フィルムの製造方法>
次に、上記した位相差フィルムの製造方法を説明する。
<Method for producing retardation film>
Next, a method for producing the above retardation film will be described.
本実施形態の位相差フィルムは、公知の方法に従って製膜することができる。以下、代表的な溶液流延法および溶融流延法について説明する。 The retardation film of the present embodiment can be formed according to a known method. Hereinafter, typical solution casting methods and melt casting methods will be described.
(溶液流延法)
本実施形態の位相差フィルムは、溶液流延法によって製造することができる。溶液流延法では、セルロースアシレート等の熱可塑性樹脂(正の固有複屈折を有する樹脂)および添加剤等(リタデーション上昇能と波長分散調整能とを有する添加剤および負の固有複屈折を有する添加剤を含む)を有機溶媒に加熱溶解させてドープを調製する工程、調製したドープをベルト状またはドラム状の金属支持体上に流延する工程、流延したドープをウェブとして乾燥する工程、金属支持体から剥離する工程、剥離したウェブを延伸または収縮する工程、さらに乾燥する工程、仕上がったフィルムを巻き取る工程等が含まれる。
(Solution casting method)
The retardation film of this embodiment can be produced by a solution casting method. In the solution casting method, thermoplastic resins such as cellulose acylate (resin having positive intrinsic birefringence) and additives (additives having retardation increasing ability and wavelength dispersion adjusting ability and negative intrinsic birefringence) A step of preparing a dope by heating and dissolving an additive in an organic solvent, a step of casting the prepared dope on a belt-shaped or drum-shaped metal support, a step of drying the cast dope as a web, A step of peeling from the metal support, a step of stretching or shrinking the peeled web, a step of drying, a step of winding up the finished film, and the like are included.
(ドープ調製工程)
ドープ調整工程において、ドープ中のセルロースアシレートは、濃度が高い方が金属支持体に流延した後の乾燥負荷は低減できて好ましいが、セルロースアシレートの濃度が高過ぎると濾過時の負荷が増大し、濾過精度が悪くなる。そのため、これらを両立する濃度としては、10~35質量%の範囲内が好ましく、15~25質量%の範囲内がより好ましい。
(Dope preparation process)
In the dope adjusting step, the cellulose acylate in the dope is preferably high in concentration because the drying load after casting on the metal support can be reduced, but if the concentration of cellulose acylate is too high, the load during filtration is high. It increases and the filtration accuracy deteriorates. For this reason, the concentration at which these are compatible is preferably in the range of 10 to 35% by mass, more preferably in the range of 15 to 25% by mass.
(流延工程)
流延(キャスト)工程において、使用する金属支持体は、表面を鏡面仕上げしたものが好ましく、ステンレススティールベルト、または鋳物で表面をメッキ仕上げしたドラムが好ましく用いられる。
(Casting process)
In the casting (casting) step, the metal support used preferably has a mirror-finished surface, and a stainless steel belt or a drum whose surface is plated with a casting is preferably used.
キャストの幅は、1~4mの範囲とすることが好ましい。流延工程の金属支持体の表面温度は-50℃~溶剤が沸騰して発泡しない温度の範囲で適宜選択して設定される。温度が高い方がウェブの乾燥速度が速くできるので好ましいが、過度に高すぎるとウェブが発泡し、平面性が劣化する場合がある。好ましい支持体温度としては0~100℃の範囲内で適宜決定される。5~30℃の温度範囲がより好ましい。また、冷却することによってウェブをゲル化させて残留溶媒を多く含んだ状態でドラムから剥離することできる。金属支持体の温度を制御する方法は、特に制限されないが、温風または冷風を吹きかける方法や、温水を金属支持体の裏側に接触させる方法がある。温水を用いる方法が、熱の伝達が効率的に行われるため、金属支持体の温度が一定になるまでの時間が短く好ましい。温風を用いる場合は、溶媒の蒸発潜熱によるウェブの温度低下を考慮して、溶媒の沸点以上の温風を使用しつつ、発泡も防ぎながら目的の温度よりも高い温度の風を使う場合がある。特に、流延から剥離するまでの間で支持体の温度および乾燥風の温度を変更し、効率的に乾燥を行うことが好ましい。 The cast width is preferably in the range of 1 to 4 m. The surface temperature of the metal support in the casting step is appropriately selected and set within a range of −50 ° C. to a temperature at which the solvent boils and does not foam. A higher temperature is preferable because the web can be dried faster, but if it is too high, the web may foam and flatness may deteriorate. A preferable support temperature is appropriately determined within the range of 0 to 100 ° C. A temperature range of 5 to 30 ° C. is more preferred. In addition, the web can be gelled by cooling and peeled from the drum in a state containing a large amount of residual solvent. The method for controlling the temperature of the metal support is not particularly limited, but there are a method of blowing warm air or cold air, and a method of bringing hot water into contact with the back side of the metal support. The method using hot water is preferable because the heat transfer is performed efficiently, and the time until the temperature of the metal support becomes constant is short. When using warm air, considering the temperature drop of the web due to the latent heat of vaporization of the solvent, while using warm air above the boiling point of the solvent, there is a case where wind at a temperature higher than the target temperature is used while preventing foaming. is there. In particular, it is preferable to perform drying efficiently by changing the temperature of the support and the temperature of the drying air during the period from casting to peeling.
位相差フィルムが良好な平面性を示すためには、金属支持体からウェブを剥離する際の残留溶媒量は10~150質量%の範囲内で設定することが好ましく、より好ましくは20~40質量%または60~130質量%の範囲内であり、さらに好ましくは、20~30質量%または70~120質量%の範囲内である。 In order for the retardation film to exhibit good flatness, the amount of residual solvent when peeling the web from the metal support is preferably set within a range of 10 to 150% by mass, more preferably 20 to 40% by mass. % Or in the range of 60 to 130% by mass, and more preferably in the range of 20 to 30% by mass or 70 to 120% by mass.
なお、本明細書において残留溶媒量は、下記式で定義される。
残留溶媒量(質量%)={(M-N)/N}×100
(式中、Mはウェブまたはフィルムを製造中または製造後の任意の時点で採取した試料の質量で、Nはウェブまたはフィルムを製造中または製造後の任意の時点で採取した試料を115℃で1時間の加熱した後の質量である)
In the present specification, the amount of residual solvent is defined by the following formula.
Residual solvent amount (% by mass) = {(MN) / N} × 100
Where M is the mass of the sample taken at any time during or after the web or film is produced, and N is the sample taken at any time during or after the web or film is produced at 115 ° C. (Mass after heating for 1 hour)
(乾燥工程)
乾燥工程においては、ウェブを金属支持体より剥離してさらに乾燥し、残留溶媒量を1.0質量%以下にすることが好ましく、0~0.01質量%にすることがより好ましい。
(Drying process)
In the drying step, the web is peeled off from the metal support and further dried, so that the residual solvent amount is preferably 1.0% by mass or less, more preferably 0 to 0.01% by mass.
乾燥工程では、一般にローラ乾燥方式、たとえば、上下に配置した多数のローラにウェブを交互に通し乾燥させる方式や、テンター方式でウェブを搬送させながら乾燥する方式が採用される。 In the drying process, a roller drying method, for example, a method in which webs are alternately passed through a number of upper and lower rollers and a method in which a web is dried while being conveyed by a tenter method is employed.
(延伸工程)
本実施形態の位相差フィルムは、上記のとおり、波長550nmで測定した面内位相差Ro550が100~155nmであることが好ましく、このような位相差はフィルムを延伸することによって付与し得る。
(Stretching process)
As described above, the in-plane retardation Ro 550 measured at a wavelength of 550 nm is preferably 100 to 155 nm in the retardation film of this embodiment, and such retardation can be imparted by stretching the film.
延伸方法は特に限定されず、たとえば、複数のローラに周速差をつけ、その間でローラ周速差を利用して縦方向に延伸する方法、ウェブの両端をクリップやピンで固定し、クリップやピンの間隔を進行方向に広げて縦方向に延伸する方法、同様に横方向に広げて横方向に延伸する方法、あるいは縦横同時に広げて縦横両方向に延伸する方法を単独または組み合わせて採用することができる。すなわち、製膜方向に対して横方向に延伸しても、縦方向に延伸しても、両方向に延伸してもよく、さらに両方向に延伸する場合は同時延伸であっても、逐次延伸であってもよい。なお、いわゆるテンター方式の場合、リニアドライブ方式でクリップ部分を駆動すると滑らかな延伸が行うことができ、破断等の危険性が減少できるので好ましい。 The stretching method is not particularly limited, for example, a method in which a circumferential speed difference is provided to a plurality of rollers, and a longitudinal stretching is performed using the roller circumferential speed difference therebetween, and both ends of the web are fixed with clips or pins. A method of extending the distance between pins in the traveling direction and extending in the vertical direction, a method of expanding in the horizontal direction and extending in the horizontal direction, or a method of extending the vertical and horizontal directions simultaneously and extending in both the vertical and horizontal directions may be employed alone or in combination. it can. That is, the film may be stretched in the transverse direction, longitudinally, or in both directions with respect to the film forming direction, and when stretched in both directions, simultaneous stretching or sequential stretching may be used. May be. In the case of the so-called tenter method, driving the clip portion by the linear drive method is preferable because smooth stretching can be performed and the risk of breakage and the like can be reduced.
次に、位相差フィルムの具体的な製造方法について、図を参照しながら説明する。 Next, a specific method for producing a retardation film will be described with reference to the drawings.
位相差フィルムは、遅相軸方向に延伸し、進相軸方向に収縮する延伸収縮工程を経て、該遅相軸方向の延伸倍率に対する該進相軸方向の収縮倍率の比率(収縮倍率/延伸倍率)が、0.05~0.70の範囲内となる条件で延伸することにより製造することができる。 The retardation film is stretched in the slow axis direction and then stretched and contracted in the fast axis direction, and then the ratio of the shrinkage ratio in the fast axis direction to the stretch ratio in the slow axis direction (shrinkage ratio / stretching). The film can be produced by stretching under the condition that the magnification is in the range of 0.05 to 0.70.
位相差フィルムでは、特に、遅相軸を発生させたい方向に延伸し、垂直方向(進相軸方向)には収縮させ、その延伸倍率に対する収縮率の比率をコントロールすることにより、リタデーション上昇能と波長分散調整能とを有する添加剤の主鎖方向と、正の固有複屈折を有する樹脂の主軸方向(延伸方向、遅相軸方向)とを一致させるように、リタデーション上昇能と波長分散調整能とを有する添加剤の主軸の配向方向を制御することが好ましい。同様に、負の固有複屈折を有する添加剤に関しては、同添加剤の主鎖方向を樹脂の主軸方向に対して垂直方向に一致させるように、同添加剤の主鎖の配向方向を制御することが望ましい。 In the retardation film, in particular, the film is stretched in the direction in which the slow axis is desired to be generated, is contracted in the vertical direction (the fast axis direction), and the ratio of the shrinkage rate with respect to the stretching ratio is controlled. Retardation increasing ability and chromatic dispersion adjusting ability so that the main chain direction of the additive having chromatic dispersion adjusting ability matches the principal axis direction (stretching direction, slow axis direction) of the resin having positive intrinsic birefringence. It is preferable to control the orientation direction of the main axis of the additive having. Similarly, for an additive having negative intrinsic birefringence, the orientation direction of the main chain of the additive is controlled so that the main chain direction of the additive coincides with the direction perpendicular to the main axis direction of the resin. It is desirable.
すなわち、遅相軸方向(幅手方向)への延伸倍率と、遅相軸方向とは垂直の方向(進相軸方向)への収縮倍率の比率としては、収縮倍率/延伸倍率を0.05~0.70の範囲とすることが好ましく、0.10~0.30の範囲とすることがより好ましい。収縮倍率/延伸倍率を0.05~0.70の範囲とすることにより、リタデーション上昇能と波長分散調整能とを有する添加剤の主鎖を、正の固有複屈折を有する樹脂の主鎖に合わせることができるとともに、リタデーション上昇能と波長分散調整能とを有する添加剤の側鎖もフィルム進相軸方向に配向し、側鎖に高屈折率分子を含有させれば、紫外線領域280nmにおける進相軸方向の屈折率ny(280)を高めることが可能となり、可視光領域のny波長分散の傾きを急峻にすることができる。同様に、負の固有複屈折を有する添加剤に関しては樹脂の主鎖と垂直の方向に同添加剤の主鎖を合わせるとともに、可視光領域の、波長分散の傾きを急峻にすることができる。 That is, as the ratio of the draw ratio in the slow axis direction (width direction) and the shrinkage ratio in the direction perpendicular to the slow axis direction (fast axis direction), the shrinkage ratio / stretch ratio is 0.05. Is preferably in the range of ˜0.70, and more preferably in the range of 0.10 to 0.30. By setting the shrinkage ratio / stretch ratio in the range of 0.05 to 0.70, the main chain of the additive having the retardation increasing ability and the wavelength dispersion adjusting ability is changed to the main chain of the resin having positive intrinsic birefringence. If the side chain of the additive having retardation increasing ability and wavelength dispersion adjusting ability is also oriented in the film fast axis direction and a high refractive index molecule is contained in the side chain, the process proceeds in the ultraviolet region of 280 nm. it is possible to increase the axis direction of the refractive index n y (280), it can be a steep slope of n y wavelength dispersion in the visible light region. Similarly, for an additive having negative intrinsic birefringence, the main chain of the additive can be aligned in the direction perpendicular to the main chain of the resin, and the slope of chromatic dispersion in the visible light region can be made steep.
延伸工程においては、全延伸工程の30~70%の範囲内で延伸した後に、収縮を開始する方法が好ましい。 In the stretching step, a method of starting shrinkage after stretching within 30 to 70% of the total stretching step is preferable.
延伸工程としては、通常、幅手方向(TD方向)に延伸し、搬送方向(MD方向)に収縮する場合が多いが、収縮させる際、斜め方向に搬送させると主鎖方向を合わせ易くなるため、位相差発現効果はさらに大きい。収縮率は搬送させる角度によって決めることができる。 As the stretching process, the film is usually stretched in the width direction (TD direction) and contracted in the transport direction (MD direction), but when contracted, it is easy to match the main chain direction when transported in an oblique direction. In addition, the phase difference effect is even greater. The shrinkage rate can be determined by the transport angle.
図1は、斜め延伸における収縮倍率を説明する模式図である。図1において、セルロースアシレートフィルムFを参照符号A2の方向に斜め延伸する際に、セルロースアシレートフィルムFは、斜め屈曲されることでM2に収縮する。すなわち、セルロースアシレートフィルムFを把持した把持具が屈曲角度θで屈曲せずにそのまま進行する場合、所定の時間で長さM1’だけ進行するはずである。しかしながら、実際には、屈曲角度θで屈曲し、M1(ただし、M1=M1’)だけ進行する。このとき、フィルムの入り方向(延伸方向(TD方向)A1と直交する方向)には、把持具はM2だけ進行しているため、セルロースアシレートフィルムFは、長さM3(ただし、M3=M1-M2)だけ収縮したこととなる。 FIG. 1 is a schematic diagram for explaining the shrinkage ratio in oblique stretching. In Figure 1, when the oblique stretching the cellulose acylate film F in the direction of reference numerals A2, cellulose acylate film F shrinks to M 2 by being obliquely bent. That is, when the gripping tool that grips the cellulose acylate film F proceeds as it is without bending at the bending angle θ, it should advance by a length M 1 ′ in a predetermined time. However, in reality, it bends at a bending angle θ and proceeds by M 1 (where M 1 = M 1 ′). At this time, since the gripping tool has advanced by M 2 in the film entering direction (direction orthogonal to the stretching direction (TD direction) A1), the cellulose acylate film F has a length M 3 (however, M 3 = M 1 −M 2 ).
このとき、収縮率(%)は、
収縮率(%)=(M1-M2)/M1×100
で表され、
M2=M1×sin(π-θ)
となり、収縮率は、
収縮率(%)=(1-sin(π-θ))×100
で表される。
At this time, the shrinkage rate (%) is
Shrinkage rate (%) = (M 1 −M 2 ) / M 1 × 100
Represented by
M 2 = M 1 × sin (π−θ)
And the shrinkage rate is
Shrinkage rate (%) = (1−sin (π−θ)) × 100
It is represented by
図1において、参照符号A3は搬送方向(MD方向)であり、参照符号A4は遅相軸を示している。 In FIG. 1, reference symbol A3 is the transport direction (MD direction), and reference symbol A4 indicates the slow axis.
リタデーション上昇能と波長分散調整能とを有する添加剤の配向をコントロールする方法としては、位相差フィルムの遅相軸が搬送方向に対して10~80°の範囲内とすることが好ましく、30~60°とすることがさらに好ましく、40~50°の範囲とすることが特に好ましい。その際の収縮率としては、10~50%の範囲内とすることが好ましい。 As a method for controlling the orientation of the additive having retardation increasing ability and wavelength dispersion adjusting ability, it is preferable that the slow axis of the retardation film is within a range of 10 to 80 ° with respect to the transport direction, and 30 to The angle is more preferably 60 °, and particularly preferably in the range of 40 to 50 °. The shrinkage at that time is preferably in the range of 10 to 50%.
円偏光板の生産性を考慮すると、本実施形態の位相差フィルムは、搬送方向に対する配向角が45°±2°であることが、偏光フィルムとのロール・トゥ・ロールでの貼合が可能となり好ましい。 In consideration of the productivity of the circularly polarizing plate, the retardation film of the present embodiment has an orientation angle of 45 ° ± 2 ° with respect to the transport direction, and can be bonded with a polarizing film in a roll-to-roll manner. It is preferable.
(斜め延伸装置による延伸)
次いで、45°の方向に延伸する斜め延伸方法について、さらに説明する。本実施形態の位相差フィルムの製造方法において、延伸にするセルロースアシレートフィルムに斜め方向の配向を付与する方法として、斜め延伸装置を用いることが好ましい。
(Stretching with an oblique stretching device)
Next, the oblique stretching method of stretching in the 45 ° direction will be further described. In the method for producing a retardation film of the present embodiment, it is preferable to use an oblique stretching apparatus as a method for imparting an oblique orientation to a cellulose acylate film to be stretched.
本実施形態に適用可能な斜め延伸装置としては、レールパターンを多様に変化させることにより、フィルムの配向角を自在に設定でき、フィルムの配向軸をフィルム幅方向に渡って左右均等に高精度に配向させることができ、かつ、高精度でフィルム厚さやリタデーションを制御できるフィルム延伸装置であることが好ましい。 As an oblique stretching apparatus applicable to this embodiment, by changing the rail pattern in various ways, the orientation angle of the film can be freely set, and the orientation axis of the film can be set to the left and right with high precision across the film width direction. A film stretching apparatus that can be oriented and can control the film thickness and retardation with high accuracy is preferable.
図2は、本実施形態の位相差フィルムの製造に適用可能なフィルムの送り方向とフィルムの引取り方向とが一致している斜め延伸装置の一例を示す模式図である。なお、ここに示す図は一例であって、本実施形態で適用可能な延伸装置はこれに限定されるものではない。なお、図2において、参照符号12-2は(テンター出口側の)ガイドロール、参照符号13はフィルムの延伸方向、参照符号14-1はフィルムの送り方向、参照符号14-2はフィルムの延伸方向、参照符号15は左右把持具同士の搬送速度が異なる部分を示している。
FIG. 2 is a schematic diagram showing an example of an oblique stretching apparatus in which a film feeding direction and a film take-up direction that can be applied to the production of the retardation film of the present embodiment coincide with each other. In addition, the figure shown here is an example, Comprising: The extending | stretching apparatus applicable by this embodiment is not limited to this. In FIG. 2, reference numeral 12-2 is a guide roll (on the tenter outlet side),
図2(a)に示されるように、延伸装置入口部においてフィルムの両端を把持した左右一対の把持具は、延伸装置内の初期において左右のレール間の距離が一定のゾーンでは左右のレール上を等速で走行し、その後左右のレール間距離が拡幅するゾーンにおいては左右のレール上を異なる速度で走行し、その後再び左右のレール間距離が等しくなるゾーンにおいて左右のレール上を等速で走行する。 As shown in FIG. 2 (a), the pair of left and right grips that grips both ends of the film at the entrance of the stretching device are on the left and right rails in a zone where the distance between the left and right rails is constant in the stretching device at the initial stage. In the zone where the distance between the left and right rails is widened after that, run on the left and right rails at different speeds, and then again on the left and right rails in the zone where the distance between the left and right rails is equal. Run.
たとえば、図2(a)に示されるように、左側のレールを走行する把持具が右側のレールを走行する把持具よりも速い場合を説明する。 For example, as shown in FIG. 2A, a case will be described in which the gripping tool traveling on the left rail is faster than the gripping tool traveling on the right rail.
延伸装置入口側のガイドロール12-1によって方向を制御された長尺フィルム原反4は、外側のフィルム把持開始点8-1、内側のフィルム把持開始点8-2の位置で把持具によって把持される。その後左右のレール間隔が等しい領域においては左右一対の把持具はレール上を等速で走行する。その後左右のレールが拡幅を始める点10-1および10-2において、左側の把持具(以下、高速側の把持具ともいう)の走行速度が右側の把持具(以下、低速側の把持具ともいう)の走行速度よりも速く走行しはじめ、左右のレールが拡幅を終えて左右のレールの拡幅が終了する点11-3において、高速側の把持具は再度低速側の把持具と等しい走行速度まで減速し、左右一対の把持具は再び同じ速度で走行を始める。その後、低速側の把持具が、左右レールの拡幅が終了する点11-1まで到達した際に、左右一対の把持具の片方は11-2に到達する。 The long film original 4 whose direction is controlled by the guide roll 12-1 on the entrance side of the stretching apparatus is gripped by the gripping tool at the positions of the outer film gripping start point 8-1 and the inner film gripping start point 8-2. Is done. Thereafter, in a region where the distance between the left and right rails is equal, the pair of left and right grips travel on the rails at a constant speed. Thereafter, at points 10-1 and 10-2 at which the left and right rails start to widen, the traveling speed of the left gripping tool (hereinafter also referred to as the high speed gripping tool) is the same as that of the right gripping tool (hereinafter referred to as the low speed gripping tool). At a point 11-3 where the left and right rails have finished widening and the left and right rails have finished widening, the high speed side gripping tool is again equal to the low speed side gripping speed. The pair of left and right gripping tools starts running again at the same speed. Thereafter, when the low-speed side gripping tool reaches the point 11-1 at which the widening of the left and right rails ends, one of the pair of left and right gripping tools reaches 11-2.
この後、左右一対のクリップは等速に左右レール上を走行し、左側把持終了点9-2において左側の把持具がフィルムを解放し、次いで右側把持終了点9-1において右側の把持具がフィルムを解放し、斜め延伸が終了する。 Thereafter, the pair of left and right clips travel on the left and right rails at a constant speed, the left gripper releases the film at the left grip end point 9-2, and then the right gripper at the right grip end point 9-1. The film is released and the oblique stretching is finished.
図2(b)は、本実施形態に適用可能なフィルムの送り方向とフィルムの引取り方向とが一致した方式の斜め延伸装置の模式図である。 FIG. 2B is a schematic view of an oblique stretching apparatus of a system in which the film feeding direction applicable to the present embodiment and the film take-up direction coincide with each other.
延伸装置入口部においてフィルムの両端を把持した左右一対の把持具は、延伸装置内初期において左右のレール間の距離が一定のゾーンでは左右のレール上を異なる速度で走行する。 A pair of left and right grips that grip both ends of the film at the entrance of the stretching apparatus travel on the left and right rails at different speeds in a zone where the distance between the left and right rails is constant in the initial stage of the stretching apparatus.
図2(b)に示されるように、延伸装置は、左右のレール間距離が拡幅する箇所を有する。延伸装置入口部のフィルム把持開始点8-1、8-2において左右一対の把持具がフィルムを把持し、左右の把持具はそれぞれ異なる速度で左右のレール上を走行する。左右一対の把持具のうち高速側の把持具が延伸装置出口部の把持終了点9-2に到達した際に、対となる低速側の把持具は11-1に位置することになるため、左右一対の把持具によって把持されたフィルムは斜め延伸されることになる。 As shown in FIG. 2B, the stretching device has a portion where the distance between the left and right rails is increased. A pair of left and right grips grip the film at the film grip start points 8-1 and 8-2 at the entrance of the stretching device, and the left and right grips travel on the left and right rails at different speeds. When the high-speed gripper of the pair of left and right grippers reaches the grip end point 9-2 of the stretching device outlet, the paired low-speed gripper is positioned at 11-1, The film gripped by the pair of left and right grippers is stretched obliquely.
なお、図2(b)に示される延伸装置は、左右のレール間距離が拡幅する箇所を有するが、必ずしも左右のレール間距離が拡幅する箇所を有していなくてもよい。 In addition, although the extending | stretching apparatus shown by FIG.2 (b) has a location where the distance between left-right rails widens, it does not necessarily need to have a location where the distance between left-right rails widens.
図2(a)および図2(b)において、把持具の走行速度は適宜選択できるが、通常、1~100m/分である。また、本明細書において左右一対の把持具がそれぞれ異なる速度で走行するとは、実質的に、左右一対の把持具の走行速度の差として、走行速度の1%を超えることをいう。すなわち、左右一対の把持具の走行速度の差は、走行速度の通常1%以下であり、好ましくは0.5%以下であり、より好ましくは0.1%以下である。これは、延伸工程出口でフィルムの左右に進行速度差があると、延伸工程出口におけるシワ、寄りが発生するため、左右の把持具の速度差は、実質的に同速度であることが求められるためである。 2 (a) and 2 (b), the traveling speed of the gripping tool can be selected as appropriate, but is usually 1 to 100 m / min. Further, in this specification, the pair of left and right grippers traveling at different speeds means that the difference between the travel speeds of the pair of left and right grippers substantially exceeds 1% of the travel speed. That is, the difference between the traveling speeds of the pair of left and right gripping tools is usually 1% or less, preferably 0.5% or less, more preferably 0.1% or less of the traveling speed. This is because if there is a difference in the traveling speed between the left and right sides of the film at the exit of the stretching process, wrinkles and shifts will occur at the exit of the stretching process, so the speed difference between the right and left gripping tools is required to be substantially the same speed. Because.
左右一対の把持具の走行速度の差としては、走行速度の1%を超えて50%以下が好ましく、走行速度の1%を超えて30%以下がより好ましく、走行速度の1%を超えて10%以下がさらに好ましい。 The difference in travel speed between the pair of left and right gripping tools is preferably more than 1% of the travel speed and 50% or less, more preferably more than 1% of the travel speed and 30% or less, and more than 1% of the travel speed. 10% or less is more preferable.
また、図2(a)および図2(b)に示される延伸装置においては、途中にて把持具の走行速度が変わる公知の機構を有していてもよい。 Further, the stretching apparatus shown in FIGS. 2A and 2B may have a known mechanism in which the traveling speed of the gripping tool changes in the middle.
一般的な延伸装置等では、チェーンを駆動するスプロケットの歯の周期、駆動モータの周波数等に応じ、秒以下のオーダーで発生する速度ムラがあり、しばしば数%のムラを生ずるが、これらは本実施形態でいう速度差には該当しない。 In general stretching equipment, etc., there are speed irregularities that occur on the order of seconds or less depending on the period of the sprocket teeth that drive the chain, the frequency of the drive motor, etc. This does not correspond to the speed difference in the embodiment.
また、本実施形態の位相差フィルムの製造方法の一つの態様としては、延伸工程におけるフィルムの送り方向とフィルムの引取り方向とを斜交させ、該フィルムの引取り方向に対して10°~80°の角度範囲内に遅相軸を設ける条件で製造することを特徴とする。 Further, as one aspect of the method for producing a retardation film of the present embodiment, the film feeding direction and the film take-up direction in the stretching step are obliquely crossed, and 10 ° to It is characterized by being manufactured under the condition that a slow axis is provided within an angle range of 80 °.
図3は、本実施形態に適用可能なフィルムの送り方向とフィルムの引取り方向とが斜交している斜め延伸装置の一例を示す模式図である。 FIG. 3 is a schematic diagram showing an example of an oblique stretching apparatus in which a film feeding direction and a film take-up direction applicable to the present embodiment are obliquely crossed.
図3に示されるように、延伸装置入口側のガイドロール12-1によって方向を制御された長尺フィルム原反4は、外側のフィルム保持開始点8-1、内側のフィルム保持開始点8-2の位置で把持具によって把持される。 As shown in FIG. 3, the long film original 4 whose direction is controlled by the guide roll 12-1 on the drawing apparatus entrance side has an outer film holding start point 8-1 and an inner film holding start point 8- It is gripped by the gripping tool at position 2.
左右一対の把持具は互いに等速度で、斜め延伸装置6にて外側のフィルム把持具の軌跡7-1、内側のフィルム把持具の軌跡7-2で示される斜め方向に搬送、延伸され、外側のフィルム把持終了点9-1、内側のフィルム把持終了点9-2によって把持を解放され、延伸装置出口側のガイドロール12-2によって搬送を制御されて斜め延伸フィルム5が形成される。図中、長尺フィルム原反は、フィルムの送り方向14-1に対して、フィルムの延伸方向14-2の角度14(繰出し角度θi)で斜め延伸される。なお、図3において、参照符号5は、長尺延伸フィルム、参照符号Wは斜め延伸後のフィルム幅手長さ、参照符号Woは斜め延伸前のフィルム幅手長さを示している。
The pair of left and right grippers are transported and stretched at an equal speed with each other in the oblique direction indicated by the outer film gripper trajectory 7-1 and the inner film gripper trajectory 7-2. The film holding end point 9-1 and the inner film holding end point 9-2 are released, and the conveyance is controlled by the guide roll 12-2 on the outlet side of the drawing apparatus, whereby the obliquely stretched
本実施形態で使用する斜め延伸装置では、特に、図3に示すように延伸装置内部において把持具の軌跡を規制するレールに、しばしば大きな屈曲率が求められる。急激な屈曲による把持具同士の干渉、あるいは局所的な応力集中を避ける目的から、屈曲部は、把持具の軌跡が円弧を描くように形成されることが好ましい。 In the oblique stretching apparatus used in the present embodiment, a large bending rate is often required especially for the rail that regulates the locus of the gripping tool inside the stretching apparatus as shown in FIG. In order to avoid interference between gripping tools due to sudden bending or local stress concentration, it is preferable that the bent portion is formed so that the locus of the gripping tool draws an arc.
図2で示される斜め延伸装置においては、長尺フィルム原反の延伸装置入口での進行方向14-1は、延伸後のフィルムの延伸装置出口側での進行方向14-2と異なっている。繰出し角度θiは、延伸装置入口での進行方向14-1と延伸後のフィルムの延伸装置出口側での進行方向14-2とのなす角度である。 In the oblique stretching apparatus shown in FIG. 2, the traveling direction 14-1 at the entrance of the stretching device of the long film is different from the traveling direction 14-2 at the exit side of the stretched film. The feeding angle θi is an angle formed between the traveling direction 14-1 at the entrance of the stretching apparatus and the traveling direction 14-2 at the exit side of the stretched film.
より詳細には、本実施形態の製造方法では、図3に示す斜め延伸装置を用いて斜め延伸を行うことが、特に好ましい。この延伸装置は、フィルム原反を、延伸可能な任意の温度に加熱し、斜め延伸することができる。この延伸装置は、加熱ゾーンと、フィルムを搬送するための把持具が走行する左右で一対のレールと、該レール上を走行する多数の把持具とを備えている。延伸装置の入口部に順次供給されるフィルムの両端を、把持具で把持し、加熱ゾーン内にフィルムを導き、延伸装置の出口部で把持具からフィルムを開放する。把持具から開放されたフィルムは巻芯に巻き取られる。一対のレールは、それぞれ無端状の連続軌道を有し、延伸装置の出口部でフィルムの把持を開放した把持具は、外側を走行して順次入口部に戻されるようになっている。 More specifically, in the manufacturing method of this embodiment, it is particularly preferable to perform oblique stretching using the oblique stretching apparatus shown in FIG. This stretching apparatus can heat a film original fabric to an arbitrary temperature at which it can be stretched and obliquely stretch the film. This stretching apparatus includes a heating zone, a pair of rails on the left and right on which a gripping tool for transporting the film travels, and a number of gripping tools that travel on the rails. Both ends of the film sequentially supplied to the inlet of the stretching apparatus are gripped by a gripping tool, the film is guided into the heating zone, and the film is released from the gripping tool at the outlet of the stretching apparatus. The film released from the gripping tool is wound around the core. Each of the pair of rails has an endless continuous track, and the gripping tool which has released the grip of the film at the outlet portion of the stretching apparatus travels outside and is sequentially returned to the inlet portion.
なお、延伸装置のレールパターンは左右で非対称な形状となっており、製造すべき長尺延伸フィルムに与える配向角θ、延伸倍率等に応じて、そのレールパターンは手動または自動で調整できる。本実施形態の製造方法で用いられる斜め延伸装置では、各レール部およびレール連結部の位置を自由に設定し、レールパターンを任意に変更できることが好ましい(図3中の○部は連結部の一例である)。 In addition, the rail pattern of the stretching apparatus has an asymmetric shape on the left and right, and the rail pattern can be adjusted manually or automatically depending on the orientation angle θ, the stretching ratio, etc. given to the long stretched film to be manufactured. In the oblique stretching apparatus used in the manufacturing method of the present embodiment, it is preferable that the position of each rail part and the rail connecting part can be freely set, and the rail pattern can be arbitrarily changed (circle part in FIG. 3 is an example of the connecting part) Is).
本実施形態において、延伸装置の把持具は、前後の把持具と一定間隔を保って、一定速度で走行するようになっている。 In the present embodiment, the gripping tool of the stretching apparatus travels at a constant speed with a constant distance from the front and rear gripping tools.
(溶融製膜法)
上記した位相差フィルムは、溶融製膜法によって製膜してもよい。溶融製膜法は、樹脂および可塑剤などの添加剤を含む組成物を、流動性を呈する温度まで加熱溶融し、その後、流動性の熱可塑性樹脂を含む溶融物を流延する成形方法である。
(Melting method)
The above retardation film may be formed by a melt film forming method. The melt film-forming method is a molding method in which a composition containing an additive such as a resin and a plasticizer is heated and melted to a temperature exhibiting fluidity, and then a melt containing a fluid thermoplastic resin is cast. .
加熱溶融する成形法は、たとえば、溶融押出成形法、プレス成形法、インフレーション法、射出成形法、ブロー成形法、延伸成形法などに分類することができる。これらの成形法の中では、機械的強度および表面精度などの点から、溶融押出し法が好ましい。 The molding method for heating and melting can be classified into, for example, a melt extrusion molding method, a press molding method, an inflation method, an injection molding method, a blow molding method, and a stretch molding method. Among these molding methods, the melt extrusion method is preferable from the viewpoint of mechanical strength and surface accuracy.
溶融押出し法に用いる複数の原材料は、通常、予め混錬してペレット化しておくことが好ましい。ペレット化は、公知の方法で行うことができ、たとえば、乾燥セルロースアシレートや可塑剤、その他添加剤をフィーダーで押出し機に供給し、1軸や2軸の押出し機を用いて混錬し、ダイからストランド状に押し出し、水冷または空冷し、カッティングすることで得ることができる。 The plurality of raw materials used in the melt extrusion method are usually preferably kneaded in advance and pelletized. Pelletization can be performed by a known method, for example, dry cellulose acylate, plasticizer, and other additives are fed to an extruder with a feeder, and kneaded using a single or twin screw extruder, It can be obtained by extruding into a strand form from a die, cooling with water or air, and cutting.
添加剤は、押出し機に供給する前に混合しておいてもよく、あるいはそれぞれ個別のフィーダーで供給してもよい。なお、微粒子や酸化防止剤等の少量の添加剤は、均一に混合するため、事前に混合しておくことが好ましい。 The additives may be mixed before being supplied to the extruder, or may be supplied by individual feeders. A small amount of additives such as fine particles and antioxidants are preferably mixed in advance in order to mix uniformly.
ペレット化に用いる押出し機は、剪断力を抑え、樹脂が劣化(分子量低下、着色、ゲル生成等)しないように、ペレット化可能でなるべく低温で加工する方式を採用した押出し機が好ましい。たとえば、2軸押出し機の場合、深溝タイプのスクリューを用いて、同方向に回転させることが好ましい。混錬の均一性から、噛み合いタイプが好ましい。 The extruder used for pelletization is preferably an extruder that employs a method of processing at as low a temperature as possible so that pelletization can be performed so that the shear force is suppressed and the resin does not deteriorate (molecular weight reduction, coloring, gel formation, etc.). For example, in the case of a twin screw extruder, it is preferable to rotate in the same direction using a deep groove type screw. From the uniformity of kneading, the meshing type is preferable.
以上のようにして得られたペレットを用いてフィルム製膜を行う。もちろんペレット化せず、原材料の粉末をそのままフィーダーに投入して押出し機に供給し、加熱溶融した後、そのままフィルム製膜することも可能である。 Film formation is performed using the pellets obtained as described above. Of course, the raw material powder can be put into a feeder as it is, supplied to an extruder, heated and melted, and then directly formed into a film without being pelletized.
上記ペレットを1軸や2軸タイプの押出し機を用いて、押出す際の溶融温度としては200~300℃の範囲内とし、リーフディスクタイプのフィルターなどで濾過して異物を除去した後、Tダイからフィルム状に流延し、冷却ローラと弾性タッチローラでフィルムをニップし、冷却ローラ上で固化させる。 After the pellets are extruded using a single or twin screw type extruder, the melting temperature is in the range of 200 to 300 ° C. After removing foreign matter by filtering with a leaf disk type filter or the like, T A film is cast from the die, the film is nipped by a cooling roller and an elastic touch roller, and solidified on the cooling roller.
供給ホッパーから押出し機へ導入する際は、真空下または減圧下や不活性ガス雰囲気下で行って、酸化分解等を防止することが好ましい。 When introducing into the extruder from the supply hopper, it is preferable to carry out under vacuum or reduced pressure or in an inert gas atmosphere to prevent oxidative decomposition and the like.
押出し流量は、ギヤポンプを導入するなどして安定に行うことが好ましい。また、異物の除去に用いるフィルターは、ステンレス繊維焼結フィルターが好ましく用いられる。ステンレス繊維焼結フィルターは、ステンレス繊維体が複雑に絡み合った状態を作り出した上で圧縮し、接触箇所を焼結して一体化したもので、その繊維の太さと圧縮量により密度を変え、濾過精度を調整できる。 The extrusion flow rate is preferably carried out stably by introducing a gear pump. Further, a stainless fiber sintered filter is preferably used as a filter used for removing foreign substances. A stainless steel fiber sintered filter is a product in which a stainless steel fiber body is intricately intertwined and compressed, and the contact points are sintered and integrated. The density is changed according to the thickness of the fiber and the amount of compression, and filtration is performed. The accuracy can be adjusted.
可塑剤や微粒子などの添加剤は、予め樹脂と混合しておいてもよいし、押出しの途中で練り込んでもよい。均一に添加するために、スタチックミキサーなどの混合装置を用いることが好ましい。 Additives such as plasticizers and fine particles may be mixed with the resin in advance, or may be kneaded during the extrusion. In order to add uniformly, it is preferable to use a mixing apparatus such as a static mixer.
冷却ローラと弾性タッチローラでフィルムをニップする際のタッチローラ側のフィルム温度は、フィルムのTg~Tg+110℃の範囲内とすることが好ましい。このような目的で使用する弾性体表面を有する弾性タッチローラとしては、公知の弾性タッチローラを使用することができる。弾性タッチローラは、挟圧回転体ともいい、市販されているものを用いることもできる。 The film temperature on the touch roller side when the film is nipped between the cooling roller and the elastic touch roller is preferably in the range of Tg to Tg + 110 ° C. of the film. A known elastic touch roller can be used as the elastic touch roller having an elastic surface used for such a purpose. The elastic touch roller is also called a pinching rotary body, and a commercially available one can also be used.
冷却ローラからフィルムを剥離する際は、張力を制御してフィルムの変形を防止することが好ましい。 When peeling the film from the cooling roller, it is preferable to control the tension to prevent the film from being deformed.
上記のようにして得られたフィルムは、冷却ローラに接する工程を通過した後、延伸操作により延伸および収縮処理を施すことができる。延伸および収縮する方法は、上記のような公知のローラ延伸装置や斜め延伸装置などを好ましく用いることができる。延伸温度は、通常フィルムを構成する樹脂のTg~Tg+60℃の温度範囲で行われることが好ましい。 The film obtained as described above can be subjected to a stretching and shrinking treatment by a stretching operation after passing through a step of contacting a cooling roller. As a method of stretching and shrinking, a known roller stretching device or oblique stretching device as described above can be preferably used. The stretching temperature is usually preferably in the temperature range of Tg to Tg + 60 ° C. of the resin constituting the film.
巻き取る前に、製品となる幅に端部をスリットして裁ち落とし、巻き取り中の貼り付きやすり傷の発生を防止するために、ナール加工(エンボッシング加工)を両端に施してもよい。ナール加工の方法は凸凹のパターンを側面に有する金属リングを加熱や加圧により加工することができる。なお、フィルム両端部のクリップの把持部分は通常、フィルムが変形しており製品として使用できないので切除されて、再利用される。 Before winding, the end may be slit and trimmed to the product width, and knurling (embossing) may be applied to both ends in order to prevent sticking or scratching during winding. The knurling method can process a metal ring having an uneven pattern on its side surface by heating or pressing. In addition, since the film has deform | transformed and cannot use as a product normally, the holding | grip part of the clip of both ends of a film is cut out and reused.
上記した位相差フィルムは、遅相軸と、後述する偏光子の透過軸との角度が実質的に45°になるように積層することにより、円偏光板とすることができる。なお、本明細書により、「実質的に45°」とは、40~50°の範囲内であることをいう。 The above retardation film can be formed into a circularly polarizing plate by laminating so that the angle between the slow axis and the transmission axis of the polarizer described later is substantially 45 °. In the present specification, “substantially 45 °” means within a range of 40 to 50 °.
上記した位相差フィルムの面内の遅相軸と偏光子の透過軸との角度とは、41~49°の範囲内であることが好ましく、42~48°の範囲内であることがより好ましく、43~47°の範囲内であることがさらに好ましく、44~46°の範囲内であることが特に好ましい。 The angle between the slow axis in the plane of the retardation film and the transmission axis of the polarizer is preferably in the range of 41 to 49 °, and more preferably in the range of 42 to 48 °. , 43 to 47 ° is more preferable, and 44 to 46 ° is particularly preferable.
<円偏光板>
本実施形態の円偏光板は、長尺状の保護フィルム、長尺状の偏光子および長尺状の上記した位相差フィルムをこの順に有する長尺ロールを断裁して作製される。本実施形態の円偏光板は、上記した位相差フィルムを用いて作製されるため、後述する有機ELディスプレイ等に適用することにより、可視光の全波長において、有機EL素子の金属電極の鏡面反射を遮蔽する効果を発現し得る。その結果、観察時の映り込みを防止することができるとともに、黒色表現を向上させることができる。
<Circularly polarizing plate>
The circularly polarizing plate of this embodiment is produced by cutting a long roll having a long protective film, a long polarizer and a long retardation film in this order. Since the circularly polarizing plate of the present embodiment is produced using the above-described retardation film, it is applied to an organic EL display or the like, which will be described later, so that the specular reflection of the metal electrode of the organic EL element at all wavelengths of visible light. The effect of shielding can be expressed. As a result, reflection during observation can be prevented and black expression can be improved.
また、円偏光板は、紫外線吸収機能を備えていることが好ましい。視認側の保護フィルムが紫外線吸収機能を備えていると、偏光子と有機EL素子の両方を紫外線に対する保護効果を発現できる観点から好ましい。さらに発光体側の位相差フィルムも紫外線吸収機能を備えていると、後述する有機ELディスプレイに用いた場合に、より有機EL素子の劣化を抑制し得る。 The circularly polarizing plate preferably has an ultraviolet absorption function. It is preferable that the protective film on the viewing side has an ultraviolet absorbing function from the viewpoint that both the polarizer and the organic EL element can exhibit a protective effect against ultraviolet rays. Furthermore, when the retardation film on the light emitter side also has an ultraviolet absorption function, when used in an organic EL display described later, deterioration of the organic EL element can be further suppressed.
また、本実施形態の円偏光板は、遅相軸の角度(すなわち配向角θ)を長手方向に対して「実質的に45°」となるように調整した上記位相差フィルムを用いることにより、一貫した製造ラインにより接着剤層の形成および偏光膜と位相差フィルム板との貼り合わせが可能でとなる。具体的には、偏光膜を延伸して作製する工程を終えた後、続いて行われる乾燥工程中または乾燥工程後に、偏光膜と位相差フィルムとを貼合する工程を組み込むことでき、それぞれを連続的に供給することができ、かつ、貼合後もロール状態で巻き取ることにより、次工程に一貫した製造ラインでつなげることができる。なお、偏光膜と位相差フィルムとを貼合する際に、同時に保護膜もロール状態で供給し、連続的に貼合することもできる。性能および生産効率の観点からは、偏光膜に位相差フィルムと保護膜とを同時に貼合する方が好ましい。すなわち、偏光膜を延伸して作製する工程を終えた後、続いて行われる乾燥工程中または乾燥工程後に、両側の面にそれぞれ保護膜と位相差フィルムを接着剤により貼合し、ロール状態の円偏光板を得ることも可能である。 Further, the circularly polarizing plate of the present embodiment uses the retardation film in which the angle of the slow axis (that is, the orientation angle θ) is adjusted to be “substantially 45 °” with respect to the longitudinal direction, It is possible to form an adhesive layer and bond the polarizing film and the retardation film plate together by a consistent production line. Specifically, after finishing the process of stretching and producing the polarizing film, a step of laminating the polarizing film and the retardation film can be incorporated during or after the subsequent drying process. It can be continuously supplied and can be connected in a production line that is consistent with the next process by winding in a roll state even after bonding. In addition, when bonding a polarizing film and retardation film, a protective film can also be simultaneously supplied in a roll state and can also be bonded continuously. From the viewpoint of performance and production efficiency, it is preferable to simultaneously bond the retardation film and the protective film to the polarizing film. That is, after finishing the process of stretching and producing the polarizing film, after the subsequent drying process or after the drying process, the protective film and the retardation film are bonded to both sides with an adhesive, respectively, It is also possible to obtain a circularly polarizing plate.
本実施形態の円偏光板は、偏光子を上記した位相差フィルムと保護フィルムによって挟持されることが好ましく、該保護フィルムの視認側に硬化層が積層されることが好ましい。 In the circularly polarizing plate of this embodiment, the polarizer is preferably sandwiched between the retardation film and the protective film, and a cured layer is preferably laminated on the viewing side of the protective film.
<有機ELディスプレイ>
本実施形態の有機ELディスプレイ(有機EL画像表示装置)は、上記円偏光板を用いて作製される。より詳細には、本実施形態の有機ELディスプレイは、上記位相差フィルムを用いた円偏光板と、有機EL素子とを備える。そのため、有機ELディスプレイは、観察時の映り込みを防止され、黒色表現が向上する。有機ELディスプレイの画面サイズは特に限定されず、20インチ以上とすることができる。
<Organic EL display>
The organic EL display (organic EL image display device) of this embodiment is produced using the circularly polarizing plate. More specifically, the organic EL display of the present embodiment includes a circularly polarizing plate using the retardation film and an organic EL element. Therefore, the organic EL display is prevented from being reflected during observation, and the black expression is improved. The screen size of the organic EL display is not particularly limited, and can be 20 inches or more.
図4は、本実施形態の有機ELディスプレイの構成の概略的な説明図である。本実施形態の有機ELディスプレイの構成は、図4に示されるものに何ら限定されるものではない。 FIG. 4 is a schematic explanatory diagram of the configuration of the organic EL display of the present embodiment. The configuration of the organic EL display of this embodiment is not limited to that shown in FIG.
図4に示されるように、ガラスやポリイミド等を用いた透明基板101上に順に金属電極102、TFT103、有機発光層104、透明電極(ITO等)105、絶縁層106、封止層107、フィルム108(省略可)を有する有機EL素子B上に、偏光子110を上記した位相差フィルム109と保護フィルム111によって挟持した上記した円偏光板Cを設けて、有機ELディスプレイAを構成する。保護フィルム111には硬化層112が積層されていることが好ましい。硬化層112は、有機ELディスプレイの表面のキズを防止するだけではなく、円偏光板の反りを防止する効果を有する。さらに、硬化層上には、反射防止層113が設けられてもよい。上記有機EL素子自体の厚さは1μm程度である。
As shown in FIG. 4, a
一般に、有機ELディスプレイは、透明基板上に金属電極と有機発光層と透明電極とを順に積層して発光体である素子(有機EL素子)を形成している。ここで、有機発光層は、種々の有機薄膜の積層体であり、たとえばトリフェニルアミン誘導体等からなる正孔注入層と、アントラセン等の蛍光性の有機固体からなる発光層との積層体や、あるいはこのような発光層とペリレン誘導体等からなる電子注入層の積層体や、またあるいはこれらの正孔注入層、発光層、および電子注入層の積層体等、種々の組み合わせをもった構成が知られている。 Generally, in an organic EL display, a metal electrode, an organic light emitting layer, and a transparent electrode are sequentially laminated on a transparent substrate to form a light emitting element (organic EL element). Here, the organic light emitting layer is a laminate of various organic thin films, for example, a laminate of a hole injection layer made of a triphenylamine derivative and the like and a light emitting layer made of a fluorescent organic solid such as anthracene, Alternatively, a structure having various combinations such as a laminate of such a light emitting layer and an electron injection layer composed of a perylene derivative or the like, or a laminate of these hole injection layer, light emitting layer, and electron injection layer is known. It has been.
有機ELディスプレイは、透明電極と金属電極とに電圧を印加することによって、有機発光層に正孔と電子とが注入され、これら正孔と電子との再結合によって生じるエネルギーが蛍光物資を励起し、励起された蛍光物質が基底状態に戻るときに光を放射する、という原理で発光する。途中の再結合というメカニズムは、一般のダイオードと同様であり、このことからも予想できるように、電流と発光強度は印加電圧に対して整流性を伴う強い非線形性を示す。 In an organic EL display, holes and electrons are injected into the organic light-emitting layer by applying a voltage to the transparent electrode and the metal electrode, and the energy generated by recombination of these holes and electrons excites the fluorescent material. It emits light on the principle that it emits light when the excited fluorescent material returns to the ground state. The mechanism of recombination in the middle is the same as that of a general diode, and as can be predicted from this, the current and the emission intensity show strong nonlinearity with rectification with respect to the applied voltage.
有機ELディスプレイにおいては、有機発光層での発光を取り出すために、少なくとも一方の電極が透明であることが必要であり、通常、酸化インジウムスズ(ITO)などの透明導電体で形成した透明電極を陽極として用いていることが好ましい。一方、電子注入を容易にして発光効率を上げるには、陰極に仕事関数の小さな物質を用いることが重要で、通常Mg-Ag、Al-Liなどの金属電極が用いられる。 In an organic EL display, in order to take out light emitted from the organic light emitting layer, at least one of the electrodes needs to be transparent. Usually, a transparent electrode formed of a transparent conductor such as indium tin oxide (ITO) is used. It is preferably used as an anode. On the other hand, in order to facilitate electron injection and increase luminous efficiency, it is important to use a material having a small work function for the cathode, and usually metal electrodes such as Mg—Ag and Al—Li are used.
上記したλ/4位相差フィルムを有する円偏光板は、画面サイズが20インチ以上、すなわち対角線距離が50.8cm以上の大型画面からなる有機ELディスプレイに適用することができる。 The circularly polarizing plate having the above-mentioned λ / 4 retardation film can be applied to an organic EL display having a large screen having a screen size of 20 inches or more, that is, a diagonal distance of 50.8 cm or more.
このような構成の有機ELディスプレイにおいて、有機発光層は、厚さ10nm程度ときわめて薄い膜で形成されている。そのため、有機発光層も透明電極と同様、光をほぼ完全に透過する。その結果、非発光時に透明基板の表面から入射し、透明電極と有機発光層とを透過して金属電極で反射した光が、再び透明基板の表面側へと出るため、外部から視認したとき、有機ELディスプレイの表示面が鏡面のように見える。 In the organic EL display having such a configuration, the organic light emitting layer is formed of a very thin film having a thickness of about 10 nm. Therefore, the organic light emitting layer transmits light almost completely like the transparent electrode. As a result, light that is incident from the surface of the transparent substrate at the time of non-light emission, passes through the transparent electrode and the organic light emitting layer, and is reflected by the metal electrode is again emitted to the surface side of the transparent substrate. The display surface of the organic EL display looks like a mirror surface.
電圧の印加によって発光する有機発光層の表面側に透明電極を備えるとともに、有機発光層の裏面側に金属電極を備えてなる有機EL素子を含む有機ELディスプレイにおいて、透明電極の表面側(視認側)に偏光板を設けるとともに、これら透明電極と偏光板との間に位相差板を設けることができる。 In an organic EL display including an organic EL element having a transparent electrode on the surface side of an organic light emitting layer that emits light by applying a voltage and a metal electrode on the back side of the organic light emitting layer, the surface side (viewing side) of the transparent electrode ), And a retardation plate between the transparent electrode and the polarizing plate.
位相差フィルムおよび偏光板は、外部から入射して金属電極で反射してきた光を偏光する作用を有するため、その偏光作用によって金属電極の鏡面を外部から視認させないという効果がある。特に、位相差フィルムを1/4位相差フィルムで構成し、かつ偏光板と位相差フィルムとの偏光方向のなす角をπ/4に調整すれば、金属電極の鏡面を完全に遮蔽することができる。 Since the retardation film and the polarizing plate have a function of polarizing light incident from the outside and reflected by the metal electrode, there is an effect that the mirror surface of the metal electrode is not visually recognized by the polarization action. In particular, if the retardation film is composed of a quarter retardation film and the angle formed by the polarization direction of the polarizing plate and the retardation film is adjusted to π / 4, the mirror surface of the metal electrode can be completely shielded. it can.
すなわち、この有機ELディスプレイに入射する外部光は、偏光板により直線偏光成分のみが透過し、この直線偏光は位相差板により一般に楕円偏光となるが、とくに位相差フィルムがλ/4位相差フィルムでしかも偏光板と位相差フィルムとの偏光方向のなす角がπ/4のときには円偏光となる。 That is, the external light incident on the organic EL display is transmitted only through the linearly polarized light component by the polarizing plate, and this linearly polarized light is generally elliptically polarized by the retardation plate. In particular, the retardation film is a λ / 4 retardation film. Moreover, when the angle formed by the polarization direction of the polarizing plate and the retardation film is π / 4, circular polarization is obtained.
この円偏光は、透明基板、透明電極、有機薄膜を透過し、金属電極で反射して、再び有機薄膜、透明電極、透明基板を透過して、位相差フィルムに再び直線偏光となる。そして、この直線偏光は、偏光板の偏光方向と直交しているので、偏光板を透過できない。その結果、金属電極の鏡面を完全に遮蔽することができる。 This circularly polarized light is transmitted through the transparent substrate, transparent electrode, and organic thin film, reflected by the metal electrode, again transmitted through the organic thin film, transparent electrode, and transparent substrate, and becomes linearly polarized light again on the retardation film. And since this linearly polarized light is orthogonal to the polarization direction of a polarizing plate, it cannot permeate | transmit a polarizing plate. As a result, the mirror surface of the metal electrode can be completely shielded.
上記位相差フィルム、該位相差フィルムを用いて作製した円偏光板および有機ELディスプレイの技術的特徴を下記にまとめる。 The technical characteristics of the above retardation film, the circularly polarizing plate produced using the retardation film and the organic EL display are summarized below.
すなわち、本発明の一局面の位相差フィルムは、波長550nmにおける面内位相差Ro550が100~155nmであり、Ro550に対する波長450nmにおける面内位相差Ro450の比率(Ro450/Ro550)が、0.72~0.95であり、波長650nmにおける面内位相差Ro650に対するRo550の比率(Ro550/Ro650)が、0.83~0.97であり、長尺方向に対して遅相軸が10~80°の角度を有する位相差フィルムにおいて、前記位相差フィルムが主たる成分として正の固有複屈折を有する樹脂を有し、リタデーション上昇能と波長分散調整能とを有する添加剤と、負の固有複屈折を有する添加剤とを含有する。 That is, the retardation film of one aspect of the present invention has an in-plane retardation Ro 550 at a wavelength of 550 nm of 100 to 155 nm, and a ratio of the in-plane retardation Ro 450 at a wavelength of 450 nm to Ro 550 (Ro 450 / Ro 550 ). Is 0.72 to 0.95, and the ratio of Ro 550 to the in-plane retardation Ro 650 at a wavelength of 650 nm (Ro 550 / Ro 650 ) is 0.83 to 0.97, and is in the longitudinal direction. In addition, in a retardation film having a slow axis of 10 to 80 °, the retardation film has a resin having positive intrinsic birefringence as a main component, and has addition of retardation increasing ability and wavelength dispersion adjusting ability And an additive having negative intrinsic birefringence.
本発明は、このような構成を備えるため、広帯域において実質的にλ/4の位相差を示すλ/4位相差フィルムとして、有機ELディスプレイ等の高いコントラストが求められるディスプレイに用いられる円偏光板に好適に用いることができる。また、本発明の位相差フィルムは、長尺方向に対して遅相軸が10~80°の角度を有するため、偏光フィルムとロール・トゥ・ロールで貼合でき、複雑な組み付け工程を経ることなく円偏光板を作製する際に使用することができる。また、本発明の位相差フィルムにおいて、面内位相差Ro550は、正の固有複屈折を有する樹脂により発現する位相差と、リタデーション上昇能と波長分散調整能とを有する添加剤により発現する位相差の合算として達成される。したがって、添加剤のリタデーション上昇能に過度に依存せずに必要な面内位相差が得られるため、添加剤の添加量を抑えることが可能であり、白濁の発生を抑制できる。 Since the present invention has such a configuration, a circularly polarizing plate used for a display requiring high contrast, such as an organic EL display, as a λ / 4 retardation film that substantially exhibits a λ / 4 retardation in a wide band. Can be suitably used. In addition, since the retardation film of the present invention has an angle of 10 to 80 ° with respect to the longitudinal direction, the retardation film can be bonded to the polarizing film by roll-to-roll, and undergoes a complicated assembly process. And can be used when producing a circularly polarizing plate. Further, in the retardation film of the present invention, the in-plane retardation Ro 550 is expressed by a retardation which is expressed by a resin having positive intrinsic birefringence, and an additive having retardation increasing ability and wavelength dispersion adjusting ability. Achieved as the sum of phase differences. Therefore, since a necessary in-plane retardation can be obtained without excessively depending on the retardation increasing ability of the additive, it is possible to suppress the additive amount of the additive and suppress the occurrence of cloudiness.
また、本発明の位相差フィルムは、正の固有複屈折を有する樹脂に負の固有複屈折を有する添加剤を加えることで、逆波長分散特性を高めるとともに、リタデーション上昇能と波長分散調整能とを有する添加剤によっても、逆波長分散特性を補う構成としている。このような構成により、負の固有複屈折を有する添加剤と、リタデーション上昇能と波長分散調整能とを有する添加剤とにより、必要な逆波長分散特性を得ることができるため、リタデーション上昇能と波長分散調整能とを有する添加剤単独で波長分散特性を調整する必要がない。そのため、添加剤の調整が容易であるとともに、母材となる樹脂との相溶性を優先して添加剤を選択することが可能である。また、それぞれの添加量を抑制することができ、フィルムの白濁も抑制できる。また、正の固有複屈折を有する樹脂と負の固有複屈折を有する添加剤とにより、波長分散特性を調整した場合はリタデーション発現性が低下するが、負の固有複屈折を有する添加剤により低下するリタデーション発現性は、リタデーション上昇能と波長分散調整能とを有する添加剤により補うことができるため、延伸倍率を過度に高めることなく、必要な位相差を達成することができる。 In addition, the retardation film of the present invention increases the reverse wavelength dispersion characteristics by adding an additive having negative intrinsic birefringence to a resin having positive intrinsic birefringence, and also has retardation increasing ability and wavelength dispersion adjusting ability. Also, an additive having the above is configured to supplement the reverse wavelength dispersion characteristics. With such a configuration, the additive having negative intrinsic birefringence and the additive having retardation increasing ability and wavelength dispersion adjusting ability can obtain the necessary reverse wavelength dispersion characteristics. It is not necessary to adjust the wavelength dispersion characteristics with an additive alone having a wavelength dispersion adjusting ability. Therefore, it is easy to adjust the additive, and it is possible to select the additive by giving priority to the compatibility with the resin as the base material. Moreover, each addition amount can be suppressed and the cloudiness of a film can also be suppressed. In addition, when the wavelength dispersion characteristic is adjusted by the resin having positive intrinsic birefringence and the additive having negative intrinsic birefringence, the retardation expression is lowered, but it is lowered by the additive having negative intrinsic birefringence. Since the retardation developing property can be supplemented by an additive having retardation increasing ability and wavelength dispersion adjusting ability, a necessary retardation can be achieved without excessively increasing the draw ratio.
さらに、本発明の位相差フィルムは、有機ELディスプレイのような高いコントラストが求められるディスプレイに適用した場合においても視認性に優れ、位相差発現性が高く、優れた逆波長分散特性を備え、かつ、白濁が抑えられる。 Furthermore, the retardation film of the present invention is excellent in visibility even when applied to a display such as an organic EL display that requires high contrast, has high retardation expression, has excellent reverse wavelength dispersion characteristics, and , Cloudiness is suppressed.
上記構成において、前記正の固有複屈折を有する樹脂は、アシル置換度が1.5~2.55であるセルロースエステルであることが好ましい。 In the above structure, the resin having positive intrinsic birefringence is preferably a cellulose ester having an acyl substitution degree of 1.5 to 2.55.
本発明の位相差フィルムは、アシル置換度が上記範囲内であるセルロースエステル樹脂を用いることにより、逆波長分散特性を悪化させることなく、高い位相差発現性を付与することができ、添加剤による負荷を低減し、位相差フィルムの透明性をより高めることができる。 The retardation film of the present invention can impart a high retardation expression without deteriorating the reverse wavelength dispersion characteristics by using a cellulose ester resin having an acyl substitution degree within the above range. The load can be reduced and the transparency of the retardation film can be further increased.
上記構成において、前記リタデーション上昇能と波長分散調整能とを有する添加剤が、下記一般式(A)で定義される化合物であることが好ましい。 In the above configuration, the additive having the retardation increasing ability and the wavelength dispersion adjusting ability is preferably a compound defined by the following general formula (A).
本発明の位相差フィルムは、一般式(A)に示される化合物を用いることにより、フィルムに高い位相差発現性が付与されるとともに、良好な逆波長分散特性が付与され得る。 In the retardation film of the present invention, by using the compound represented by the general formula (A), high retardation expression can be imparted to the film, and good reverse wavelength dispersion characteristics can be imparted.
上記構成において、前記負の固有複屈折を有する添加剤が、脂肪族ポリエステル系ポリマー、アクリル系ポリマー、スチレンマレイン酸系ポリマーからなる群から選択される少なくとも1種を含有することが好ましい。 In the above structure, it is preferable that the additive having negative intrinsic birefringence contains at least one selected from the group consisting of an aliphatic polyester polymer, an acrylic polymer, and a styrene maleic acid polymer.
本発明の位相差フィルムは、負の固有複屈折を有する添加剤として上記化合物を用いることにより、位相差発現性を調整しつつ、良好な逆波長分散特性を付与し得る。 The retardation film of the present invention can impart good reverse wavelength dispersion characteristics while adjusting the retardation expression by using the above compound as an additive having negative intrinsic birefringence.
また、本発明の一局面による円偏光板は、上記位相差フィルムと偏光子とを有する。 The circularly polarizing plate according to one aspect of the present invention includes the retardation film and a polarizer.
本発明の円偏光板は、上記位相差フィルムを用いて作製されるため、有機ELディスプレイ等に適用することにより、可視光の全波長において、有機EL素子の金属電極の鏡面反射を遮蔽する効果を発現し得る。その結果、観察時の映り込みを防止することができるとともに、黒色表現を向上させることができる。 Since the circularly polarizing plate of the present invention is produced using the above retardation film, the effect of shielding the specular reflection of the metal electrode of the organic EL element at all wavelengths of visible light when applied to an organic EL display or the like. Can be expressed. As a result, reflection during observation can be prevented and black expression can be improved.
また、本発明の一局面による有機ELディスプレイは、上記円偏光板が視認側に配置されている。 Further, in the organic EL display according to one aspect of the present invention, the circularly polarizing plate is arranged on the viewing side.
本発明の有機ELディスプレイは、上記円偏光板が視認側に配置されているため、観察時の映り込みを防止され、黒色表現が向上し得る。 In the organic EL display of the present invention, since the circularly polarizing plate is disposed on the viewer side, reflection during observation can be prevented and black expression can be improved.
本発明によれば、有機ELディスプレイのような高いコントラストが求められるディスプレイに適用した場合においても視認性に優れ、位相差発現性が高く、優れた逆波長分散特性を備え、且つ、白濁が抑えられた広帯域の光に対し実質的にλ/4の位相差を付与できる位相差フィルム、該位相差フィルムを用いて作製した円偏光板および有機ELディスプレイを提供することができる。 According to the present invention, even when applied to a display that requires high contrast such as an organic EL display, it has excellent visibility, high retardation development, excellent reverse wavelength dispersion characteristics, and suppresses white turbidity. It is possible to provide a retardation film capable of imparting a retardation of substantially λ / 4 to the obtained broadband light, a circularly polarizing plate produced using the retardation film, and an organic EL display.
以下に、実施例を挙げて本発明を具体的に説明するが、本発明は、これらに限定されるものではない。なお、実施例において「部」または「%」の表示を用いるが、特に断りがない限り「質量部」あるいは「質量%」を表すものとする。 Hereinafter, the present invention will be specifically described with reference to examples, but the present invention is not limited thereto. In addition, although the display of "part" or "%" is used in an Example, it will represent "mass part" or "mass%" unless there is particular notice.
(実施例1)
<位相差フィルムの作製>
(微粒子分散液の調製)
微粒子(アエロジル R812 日本アエロジル(株)製) 11質量部
エタノール 89質量部
以上をディゾルバーで50分間攪拌混合した後、マントンゴーリン分散機を用いて分散を行い、微粒子分散液を調製した。
(Example 1)
<Production of retardation film>
(Preparation of fine particle dispersion)
Fine particles (Aerosil R812 manufactured by Nippon Aerosil Co., Ltd.) 11 parts by mass Ethanol 89 parts by mass The above was stirred and mixed with a dissolver for 50 minutes, and then dispersed using a Manton Gorin disperser to prepare a fine particle dispersion.
(微粒子添加液の調製)
溶解タンクにメチレンクロライドを50質量部入れ、メチレンクロライドを充分に攪拌しながら上記調製した微粒子分散液の50質量部をゆっくりと添加した。さらに、二次粒子の粒径が、0.01~1.0μm程度になるようにアトライターにて分散を行った。これを日本精線(株)製のファインメットNFで濾過して、微粒子添加液を調製した。
(Preparation of fine particle additive solution)
50 parts by mass of methylene chloride was placed in the dissolution tank, and 50 parts by mass of the fine particle dispersion prepared above was slowly added while sufficiently stirring the methylene chloride. Further, the particles were dispersed by an attritor so that the secondary particles had a particle size of about 0.01 to 1.0 μm. This was filtered through Finemet NF manufactured by Nippon Seisen Co., Ltd. to prepare a fine particle additive solution.
(ドープの調製)
はじめに、加圧溶解タンクに以下に示すメチレンクロライドとエタノールを添加した。有機溶媒の入った加圧溶解タンクに、アセチル基置換度が1.52、総置換度が1.52の正の固有複屈折を有する樹脂CE-1(セルロースアシレート)を攪拌しながら投入した。これを加熱し、攪拌しながら、完全に溶解し、これを安積濾紙(株)製の安積濾紙No.244を使用して濾過し、主ドープを調製した。次いで、リタデーション上昇能と波長分散調整能とを有する添加剤として以下に示される構造の添加剤A-1、負の固有複屈折を有する添加剤B-1(コハク酸/プロピレングリコール 末端水酸基、数平均分子量Mn:400)、糖エステル化合物(平均置換度7.3のベンジルサッカロース)および上記調製した微粒子添加液を以下の比率で、主溶解釜に投入し、密閉した後、攪拌しながら溶解してドープ液を調製した。
(Preparation of dope)
First, the following methylene chloride and ethanol were added to the pressure dissolution tank. Resin CE-1 (cellulose acylate) having positive intrinsic birefringence having an acetyl group substitution degree of 1.52 and a total substitution degree of 1.52 was added to a pressure dissolution tank containing an organic solvent while stirring. . This was heated and stirred to dissolve completely, and this was dissolved in Azumi Filter Paper No. The main dope was prepared by filtration using 244. Next, as an additive having retardation increasing ability and wavelength dispersion adjusting ability, additive A-1 having the structure shown below, additive B-1 having negative intrinsic birefringence (succinic acid / propylene glycol terminal hydroxyl group, number Average molecular weight Mn: 400), sugar ester compound (benzyl saccharose with an average substitution degree of 7.3) and the fine particle addition liquid prepared above were put into the main dissolution vessel in the following ratio, sealed, and dissolved with stirring. A dope solution was prepared.
〈ドープの組成〉
メチレンクロライド 340質量部
エタノール 64質量部
CE-1 100質量部
A-1 3.5質量部
(フィルム質量に対して3質量%)
B-1 14質量部
(フィルム質量に対して12質量%)
糖エステル化合物(平均置換度7.3のベンジルサッカロース)5質量部
微粒子添加液 2質量部
<Dope composition>
Methylene chloride 340 parts by mass Ethanol 64 parts by mass CE-1 100 parts by mass A-1 3.5 parts by mass (3% by mass with respect to the film mass)
B-1 14 parts by mass (12% by mass with respect to the film mass)
5 parts by mass of a sugar ester compound (benzyl saccharose with an average substitution degree of 7.3) 2 parts by mass of a fine particle additive solution
(リタデーション上昇能と波長分散調整能とを有する添加剤:A-1) (Additive having retardation increasing ability and wavelength dispersion adjusting ability: A-1)
(製膜)
上記のとおり調製したドープを、ステンレスベルト支持体上に流延し、フィルム中の残留溶媒量が75質量%になるまで溶媒を蒸発させた後、剥離張力130N/mで、ステンレスベルト支持体上からフィルムを剥離した。
(Film formation)
The dope prepared as described above was cast on a stainless steel belt support, and after the solvent was evaporated until the amount of residual solvent in the film reached 75% by mass, the peel tension was 130 N / m on the stainless steel belt support. The film was peeled off.
剥離したフィルムを、185℃で加熱しながら図2(a)に記載の延伸装置を用いて、遅相軸がフィルム長手方向と45°をなすように、表1に記載の延伸・収縮倍率にて斜め方向に延伸を行い、長尺方向に対して43°の方向に遅相軸を有する位相差フィルムを作製した。 While the peeled film is heated at 185 ° C., the stretching / shrinkage ratio shown in Table 1 is set so that the slow axis forms 45 ° with the film longitudinal direction using the stretching apparatus shown in FIG. The film was stretched in an oblique direction to prepare a retardation film having a slow axis in a direction of 43 ° with respect to the longitudinal direction.
(実施例2~24および比較例1~3、5)
使用した正の固有複屈折を有する樹脂、リタデーション上昇能と波長分散調整能とを有する添加剤、負の固有複屈折を有する添加剤、遅相軸角度および膜厚を表1に記載の条件に変更した以外は、実施例1の位相差フィルムと同様にして、位相差フィルムを作製した。
(Examples 2 to 24 and Comparative Examples 1 to 3, 5)
The resin having positive intrinsic birefringence, the additive having retardation increasing ability and wavelength dispersion adjusting ability, the additive having negative intrinsic birefringence, the slow axis angle and the film thickness were used under the conditions shown in Table 1. A retardation film was produced in the same manner as the retardation film of Example 1 except that the change was made.
(比較例4)
特開2012-37899号公報に記載の実施例1と同様にして、位相差フィルムを作製した。
(Comparative Example 4)
A retardation film was produced in the same manner as in Example 1 described in JP 2012-37899 A.
上記した添加剤以外に実施例2~24および比較例1~5において使用した、リタデーション上昇能と波長分散調整能とを有する添加剤A-2~A-8、負の固有複屈折を有する添加剤B-2~B-6を以下に示す。 In addition to the additives described above, additives A-2 to A-8 having retardation increasing ability and wavelength dispersion adjusting ability used in Examples 2 to 24 and Comparative Examples 1 to 5, addition having negative intrinsic birefringence Agents B-2 to B-6 are shown below.
(リタデーション上昇能と波長分散調整能とを有する添加剤:A-2) (Additive having retardation increasing ability and wavelength dispersion adjusting ability: A-2)
(リタデーション上昇能と波長分散調整能とを有する添加剤:A-3) (Additive having retardation increasing ability and wavelength dispersion adjusting ability: A-3)
(リタデーション上昇能と波長分散調整能とを有する添加剤:A-4) (Additive having retardation increasing ability and wavelength dispersion adjusting ability: A-4)
(リタデーション上昇能と波長分散調整能とを有する添加剤:A-5) (Additive having retardation increasing ability and wavelength dispersion adjusting ability: A-5)
(リタデーション上昇能と波長分散調整能とを有する添加剤:A-6) (Additive having retardation increasing ability and wavelength dispersion adjusting ability: A-6)
(リタデーション上昇能と波長分散調整能とを有する添加剤:A-7) (Additive having retardation increasing ability and wavelength dispersion adjusting ability: A-7)
(リタデーション上昇能と波長分散調整能とを有する添加剤:A-8) (Additive having retardation increasing ability and wavelength dispersion adjusting ability: A-8)
(負の固有複屈折を有する添加剤:B-2)
コハク酸/エチレングリコール 末端水酸基、数平均分子量Mn:1000
(Additive having negative intrinsic birefringence: B-2)
Succinic acid / ethylene glycol terminal hydroxyl group, number average molecular weight Mn: 1000
(負の固有複屈折を有する添加剤:B-3)
アジピン酸/エチレングリコール 末端アセチルエステル残基、数平均分子量Mn:1000
(Additive having negative intrinsic birefringence: B-3)
Adipic acid / ethylene glycol terminal acetyl ester residue, number average molecular weight Mn: 1000
(負の固有複屈折を有する添加剤:B-4)
メタクリル酸メチルとアクリロイルモルホリンとの共重合体、数平均分子量Mn:7000
(Additive having negative intrinsic birefringence: B-4)
Copolymer of methyl methacrylate and acryloylmorpholine, number average molecular weight Mn: 7000
(負の固有複屈折を有する添加剤:B-5)
メタクリル酸メチルとメタクリル酸-2-ヒドロキシエチルとの共重合体、数平均分子量Mn:4000
(Additive having negative intrinsic birefringence: B-5)
Copolymer of methyl methacrylate and 2-hydroxyethyl methacrylate, number average molecular weight Mn: 4000
(負の固有複屈折を有する添加剤:B-6)
スチレンマレイン酸共重合物(エルフ・アトケム社製:SMA1000P)、数平均分子量Mn:2000
(Additive having negative intrinsic birefringence: B-6)
Styrene maleic acid copolymer (manufactured by Elf Atchem: SMA1000P), number average molecular weight Mn: 2000
<フィルムの各特性値の測定>
上記実施例1~24および比較例1~5で作製した位相差フィルムについて、23℃、55%RH環境下で、Axometrics社製のAxoscanを用いて、450nm、550nm、650nmの波長での面内方向のリタデーションRo450、Ro550、Ro650を測定し、Ro450/Ro550、Ro550/Ro650算出した。配向角についても、Axometrics社製のAxoscanを用いて測定した。
<Measurement of each characteristic value of film>
The retardation films produced in Examples 1 to 24 and Comparative Examples 1 to 5 were in-plane at wavelengths of 450 nm, 550 nm, and 650 nm using Axoscan made by Axometrics under an environment of 23 ° C. and 55% RH. Directional retardation Ro 450 , Ro 550 and Ro 650 were measured, and Ro 450 / Ro 550 and Ro 550 / Ro 650 were calculated. The orientation angle was also measured using an Axoscan manufactured by Axometrics.
さらに、それぞれの位相差フィルムについて、リタデーション上昇能と波長分散調整能とを有する添加剤、負の固有複屈折を有する添加剤、可塑剤、マット剤を除き、固形成分をセルロースアシレートのみにした以外は同様の条件でフィルムを作成し、波長550nmでの面内方向のリタデーションRc550を測定した。また、同様に、固形成分をセルロースアシレートとリタデーション上昇能と波長分散調整能とを有する添加剤のみにした以外は同様の条件でフィルムを作成し、波長550nmでの面内方向のリタデーションから前記Rc550を差し引くことにより波長550nmでの面内方向のリタデーションRa550を算出した。さらに、同様に、固形成分をセルロースアシレートと負の固有複屈折を有する添加剤のみにした以外は同様の条件でフィルムを作成し、波長550nmでの面内方向のリタデーションから前記Rc550を差し引くことにより波長550nmでの面内方向のリタデーションRb550を算出した。これらに基づいて、Ro550に対するRa550の比率(Ra550/Ro550×100)を算出した。フィルム膜厚は、市販のマイクロメーターを用いて測定した。以上により得られた各フィルム特性値を、表1および表2に示す。 Furthermore, for each retardation film, the solid component was made only cellulose acylate except for the additive having retardation increasing ability and wavelength dispersion adjusting ability, the additive having negative intrinsic birefringence, the plasticizer, and the matting agent. Except for the above, a film was prepared under the same conditions, and the in-plane retardation Rc 550 at a wavelength of 550 nm was measured. Similarly, a film is prepared under the same conditions except that the solid component is only an additive having cellulose acylate, retardation increasing ability and wavelength dispersion adjusting ability, and the above-mentioned retardation from in-plane direction retardation at a wavelength of 550 nm By subtracting Rc 550 , in-plane retardation Ra 550 at a wavelength of 550 nm was calculated. Further, similarly, a film is prepared under the same conditions except that the solid component is only cellulose acylate and an additive having negative intrinsic birefringence, and the Rc 550 is subtracted from the in-plane retardation at a wavelength of 550 nm. Thus, retardation Rb 550 in the in-plane direction at a wavelength of 550 nm was calculated. Based on these, to calculate the ratio of Ra 550 against Ro 550 (Ra 550 / Ro 550 × 100). The film thickness was measured using a commercially available micrometer. Tables 1 and 2 show the film characteristic values obtained as described above.
<円偏光板の作製>
厚さ、120μmのポリビニルアルコールフィルムを、一軸延伸(温度110℃、延伸倍率5倍)した。これをヨウ素0.075g、ヨウ化カリウム5g、水100gからなる水溶液に60秒間浸漬し、次いでヨウ化カリウム6g、ホウ酸7.5g、水100gからなる68℃の水溶液に浸漬した。これを水洗、乾燥し偏光子を得た。
<Production of circularly polarizing plate>
A polyvinyl alcohol film having a thickness of 120 μm was uniaxially stretched (temperature: 110 ° C., stretch ratio: 5 times). This was immersed in an aqueous solution composed of 0.075 g of iodine, 5 g of potassium iodide and 100 g of water for 60 seconds, and then immersed in an aqueous solution of 68 ° C. composed of 6 g of potassium iodide, 7.5 g of boric acid and 100 g of water. This was washed with water and dried to obtain a polarizer.
次いで、以下の工程1~5に従って偏光子と、実施例1~22または比較例1~2で作製したそれぞれの位相差フィルムと、裏面側には後述する保護フィルムを長手方向を合わせるようにロール・トゥ・ロールで貼り合わせて円偏光板をそれぞれ作製した。 Next, a polarizer according to the following steps 1 to 5, the respective retardation films produced in Examples 1 to 22 or Comparative Examples 1 and 2, and a protective film (described later) on the back side are rolled so that the longitudinal direction is aligned. -A circularly polarizing plate was prepared by bonding with a toe roll.
工程1:位相差フィルムを60℃の2モル/Lの水酸化ナトリウム溶液に90秒間浸漬し、次いで水洗し乾燥して、偏光子と貼合する側を鹸化した。
工程2:前記偏光子を固形分2質量%のポリビニルアルコール接着剤槽中に1~2秒浸漬した。
工程3:工程2で偏光子に付着した過剰の接着剤を軽く拭き除き、これを工程1で処理した位相差フィルムの上にのせて配置した。その際、たるみが生じないように位相差フィルムと偏光子に50N/mの張力を掛けた。
工程4:工程3で積層した位相差フィルムと偏光子と保護フィルムを圧力20~30N/cm2、搬送スピードは約2m/分で貼合した。
工程5:80℃の乾燥機中に工程4で作製した偏光子と位相差フィルムと保護フィルムとを貼り合わせた試料を2分間乾燥した。
Step 1: The retardation film was immersed in a 2 mol / L sodium hydroxide solution at 60 ° C. for 90 seconds, then washed with water and dried to saponify the side to be bonded to the polarizer.
Step 2: The polarizer was immersed in a polyvinyl alcohol adhesive tank having a solid content of 2% by mass for 1 to 2 seconds.
Step 3: Excess adhesive adhered to the polarizer in Step 2 was gently wiped off and placed on the retardation film treated in Step 1. At that time, a tension of 50 N / m was applied to the retardation film and the polarizer so as not to sag.
Step 4: The retardation film, the polarizer, and the protective film laminated in Step 3 were bonded at a pressure of 20 to 30 N / cm 2 and a conveyance speed of about 2 m / min.
Process 5: The sample which bonded the polarizer, retardation film, and protective film which were produced in the
なお、実施例23、24、比較例4、5で作製したそれぞれの位相差フィルムについては、位相差フィルムを長手方向の45°の角度で画像表示装置のパネルの大きさに合わせて裁断し、後は同様にして円偏光板を作成した。 In addition, about each retardation film produced in Examples 23 and 24 and Comparative Examples 4 and 5, the retardation film was cut according to the size of the panel of the image display device at an angle of 45 ° in the longitudinal direction, Thereafter, a circularly polarizing plate was prepared in the same manner.
<保護フィルムの作製>
(エステル化合物の調製)
1,2-プロピレングリコール251g、無水フタル酸278g、アジピン酸91g、安息香酸610g、エステル化触媒としてテトライソプロピルチタネート0.191gを、温度計、撹拌器、緩急冷却管を備えた2Lの四つ口フラスコに仕込み、窒素気流中230℃になるまで、撹拌しながら徐々に昇温した。15時間脱水縮合反応させ、反応終了後200℃で未反応の1,2-プロピレングリコールを減圧留去することにより、エステル化合物を得た。酸価0.10mgKOH/g、数平均分子量450であった。
<Preparation of protective film>
(Preparation of ester compound)
251 g of 1,2-propylene glycol, 278 g of phthalic anhydride, 91 g of adipic acid, 610 g of benzoic acid, 0.191 g of tetraisopropyl titanate as an esterification catalyst, 2 L four-neck equipped with a thermometer, stirrer, and slow cooling tube The flask was charged and gradually heated with stirring until it reached 230 ° C. in a nitrogen stream. An ester compound was obtained by allowing dehydration condensation reaction for 15 hours, and distilling off unreacted 1,2-propylene glycol under reduced pressure at 200 ° C. after completion of the reaction. The acid value was 0.10 mg KOH / g, and the number average molecular weight was 450.
(ドープの調製)
セルロースアセテート(アセチル基置換度2.88、重量平均分子量:約
18万) 90質量部
エステル化合物 10質量部
チヌビン928(BASFジャパン(株)製) 2.5質量部
微粒子添加液 4質量部
メチレンクロライド 432質量部
エタノール 38質量部
(Preparation of dope)
Cellulose acetate (acetyl group substitution degree 2.88, weight average molecular weight: about 180,000) 90 parts by mass Ester compound 10 parts by mass Tinuvin 928 (manufactured by BASF Japan Ltd.) 2.5 parts by mass Fine
以上を密閉容器に投入し、加熱し、撹拌しながら、完全に溶解し、安積濾紙(株)製の安積濾紙No.24を使用して濾過し、ドープ液を調製した。 The above is put into a sealed container, heated and stirred to dissolve completely, and Azumi Filter Paper No. No. 24 was used for filtration to prepare a dope solution.
(製膜)
次に、ベルト流延装置を用い、ステンレスバンド支持体に均一に流延した。ステンレスバンド支持体で、残留溶剤量が100%になるまで溶剤を蒸発させ、ステンレスバンド支持体上から剥離した。セルロースエステルフィルムのウェブを35℃で溶剤を蒸発させ、1.65m幅にスリットし、160℃の熱をかけながら延伸装置でTD方向(フィルムの幅手方向)に30%、MD方向の延伸倍率は1%延伸した。延伸を始めたときの残留溶剤量は20%であった。その後、120℃の乾燥装置内を多数のローラで搬送させながら15分間乾燥させた後、1.49m幅にスリットし、フィルム両端に幅15mm、高さ10μmのナーリング加工を施し、巻芯に巻き取り、保護フィルムを得た。保護フィルムの残留溶剤量は0.2%であり、膜厚は40μm、巻数は3900mであった。保護フィルムの配向角θは、王子計測器(株)製KOBRA-21ADHを用いて測定した結果、フィルム長手方向に対して90°±1°の範囲にあった。
(Film formation)
Next, the belt casting apparatus was used to uniformly cast on a stainless steel band support. With the stainless steel band support, the solvent was evaporated until the residual solvent amount reached 100%, and the stainless steel band support was peeled off. Cellulose ester film web was evaporated at 35 ° C, slitted to 1.65m width, stretched at 160 ° C while applying heat at 160 ° C, 30% in TD direction (film width direction), MD direction draw ratio Was stretched 1%. The residual solvent amount when starting stretching was 20%. Then, after drying for 15 minutes while transporting the inside of a drying device at 120 ° C. with many rollers, slitting to a width of 1.49 m, applying a knurling process with a width of 15 mm and a height of 10 μm at both ends of the film, and winding it around a winding core A protective film was obtained. The residual solvent amount of the protective film was 0.2%, the film thickness was 40 μm, and the number of turns was 3900 m. The orientation angle θ of the protective film was measured using KOBRA-21ADH manufactured by Oji Scientific Instruments, and as a result, it was in the range of 90 ° ± 1 ° with respect to the longitudinal direction of the film.
<有機EL素子の作製>
3mm厚の50インチ(127cm)用無アルカリガラスを用いて、以下の方法に従って有機EL素子を作製した。図5は、本実施形態の有機ELディスプレイの構成の模式図である。
<Production of organic EL element>
Using an alkali-free glass for 50 inches (127 cm) having a thickness of 3 mm, an organic EL device was produced according to the following method. FIG. 5 is a schematic diagram of the configuration of the organic EL display of the present embodiment.
図5に示されるように、ガラスの透明基板1a上にクロムからなる反射電極、反射電極上に金属電極2a(陽極)としてITOを成膜し、陽極上に正孔輸送層としてポリ(3,4-エチレンジオキシチオフェン)-ポリスチレンスルホネート(PEDOT:PSS)をスパッタリング法により厚さ80nmとなるよう形成し、次いで正孔輸送層上にシャドーマスクを用いて、図5に示されるようにRGBそれぞれの発光層3aR、3aG、3aBを100nmの膜厚で形成した。赤色発光層3aRとしては、ホストとして以下に示されるトリス(8-ヒドロキシキノリナート)アルミニウム(Alq3)と発光性化合物[4-(dicyanomethylene)-2-methyl-6(p-dimethylaminostyryl)-4H-pyran](DCM)とを共蒸着(質量比99:1)して100nmの厚さで形成した。緑色発光層3aGとしては、ホストとしてAlq3と、発光性化合物クマリン6とを共蒸着(質量比99:1)して100nmの厚さで形成した。青色発光層3aBとしては、ホストとして以下に示されるBAlqと発光性化合物Peryleneとを共蒸着(質量比90:10)して厚さ100nmで形成した。
As shown in FIG. 5, a reflective electrode made of chromium is formed on a
さらに、発光層上に電子が効率的に注入できるような仕事関数の低い第1の陰極としてカルシウムを真空蒸着法により厚みが4nmとなるよう成膜し、第1の陰極上に第2の陰極としてアルミニウムを厚みが2nmとなるように形成した。なお、第2の陰極として用いたアルミニウムは、その上に形成される透明電極4aをスパッタリング法により成膜する際に、第1の陰極であるカルシウムが化学的変質をすることを防ぐ役割がある。以上により有機発光層を形成した。次に、陰極上にスパッタリング法によって透明導電膜を厚みが80nmとなるよう成膜した。透明導電膜としてはITOを用いた。さらに、透明導電膜上にCVD法によって窒化珪素を厚みが200nmとなるよう成膜することにより絶縁膜5aとし、有機EL素子11aを作製した。なお、図5において、参照符号6aは接着層、参照符号7aは偏光板保護フィルム(位相差フィルム)、参照符号8aは偏光子、参照符号9aは偏光板保護フィルム、参照符号10aは偏光板を示す。
Further, calcium is deposited to a thickness of 4 nm by vacuum deposition as a first cathode having a low work function so that electrons can be efficiently injected onto the light emitting layer, and a second cathode is formed on the first cathode. As described above, aluminum was formed to have a thickness of 2 nm. The aluminum used as the second cathode has a role of preventing the first cathode calcium from being chemically altered when the
<有機ELディスプレイの作製>
上記のとおり作製したそれぞれの円偏光板の位相差フィルムの表面に接着剤を塗工した後、有機EL素子の視認側に貼合することでそれぞれの有機ELディスプレイを作製した。
<Production of organic EL display>
After applying an adhesive to the surface of the retardation film of each circularly polarizing plate produced as described above, each organic EL display was produced by bonding to the viewing side of the organic EL element.
<位相差フィルムおよび有機ELディスプレイの評価>
上記のとおり作製したそれぞれの位相差フィルムおよび有機ELディスプレイについて、以下の評価を行った。
<Evaluation of retardation film and organic EL display>
The following evaluation was performed about each retardation film and organic electroluminescent display produced as mentioned above.
(散乱耐性の評価)
上記作製した各位相差フィルムについて、下記の方法に従って内部ヘイズを測定した。
(Evaluation of scattering resistance)
About each produced said retardation film, the internal haze was measured in accordance with the following method.
まず、位相差フィルム以外の測定器具のブランクヘイズ1(外部ヘイズ値)を測定した。きれいに洗浄したスライドガラス上に、気泡が入らないように注意しながら、グリセリンを一滴(0.05ml)滴下した。その上にカバーガラスを乗せて、カバーガラス全面にグリセリンを広げた。以下に示すヘイズメーターにセットし、ブランクヘイズ1(外部ヘイズ値)を測定した。次いで以下の手順で、位相差フィルムを含めたヘイズ2(全ヘイズ値)を測定した。スライドガラス上にグリセリン0.05mlを滴下した。その上に測定する位相差フィルムを、気泡が入らないように乗せた。位相差フィルム上にグリセリン0.05mlを滴下した。その上にカバーガラスを乗せた。以上のように作製した積層体(上から、カバーガラス/グリセリン/位相差フィルム/グリセリン/スライドガラス)を、ヘイズメーターにセットしてヘイズ2を測定した。下式より内部ヘイズ値を求めた。内部ヘイズは、23℃、55%RHの環境下で5時間以上調湿した位相差フィルムを用い、23℃、55%RHの環境下で測定した。 First, blank haze 1 (external haze value) of a measuring instrument other than the retardation film was measured. One drop (0.05 ml) of glycerin was dropped on a glass slide that had been washed cleanly, taking care not to enter air bubbles. A cover glass was placed thereon, and glycerin was spread over the entire surface of the cover glass. It set to the haze meter shown below and measured blank haze 1 (external haze value). Next, haze 2 (total haze value) including the retardation film was measured by the following procedure. 0.05 ml of glycerol was dripped on the slide glass. A retardation film to be measured was placed thereon so as not to contain air bubbles. On the phase difference film, 0.05 ml of glycerin was dropped. A cover glass was placed thereon. The laminate (cover glass / glycerin / retardation film / glycerin / slide glass) prepared as described above was set on a haze meter, and haze 2 was measured. The internal haze value was determined from the following formula. The internal haze was measured under an environment of 23 ° C. and 55% RH using a retardation film conditioned for 5 hours or more in an environment of 23 ° C. and 55% RH.
(ヘイズ2)-(ヘイズ1)=(位相差フィルムの内部ヘイズ値) (Haze 2)-(Haze 1) = (Internal haze value of retardation film)
上記測定に使用したヘイズメーター、ガラス、グリセリンを以下に示す。 The haze meter, glass, and glycerin used for the above measurement are shown below.
ヘイズメーター:ヘイズメーター(濁度計)(型式:NDH 2000、日本電色(株)製)、光源は5V9Wハロゲン球、受光部はシリコンフォトセル(比視感度フィルター付き)、測定はJIS K-7136に準じて行った。 Haze meter: Haze meter (turbidity meter) (model: NDH 2000, manufactured by Nippon Denshoku Co., Ltd.), light source: 5V9W halogen bulb, light receiving part: silicon photocell (with a relative visibility filter), measurement: JIS K- 7136.
スライドガラス:MICRO SLIDE GLASS S9213 MATSUNAMI カバーガラス:マツナミカバーグラス 24×50mm(KN3321827) Slide glass: MICRO SLIDE GLASS S9213 MATSUNAMI Cover glass: Matsunami cover glass 24 × 50mm (KN33221827)
グリセリン:関東化学(株)製 鹿特級(純度>99.0%)、屈折率1.47、上記測定した各内部ヘイズを基にして、以下の基準に従って、それぞれの位相差フィルムの散乱耐性を評価した。結果を表2に示す。 Glycerin: manufactured by Kanto Chemical Co., Inc. Deer special grade (purity> 99.0%), refractive index 1.47, based on each of the above measured internal hazes, the scattering resistance of each retardation film was determined according to the following criteria. evaluated. The results are shown in Table 2.
(評価基準)
○:内部ヘイズ値が、0.04未満であった。
△:内部ヘイズ値が、0.04以上、0.06未満であった。
×:内部ヘイズ値が、0.06以上であった。
(Evaluation criteria)
○: The internal haze value was less than 0.04.
(Triangle | delta): The internal haze value was 0.04 or more and less than 0.06.
X: The internal haze value was 0.06 or more.
(視認性の評価1:色味特性)
23℃、55%RHの環境で、有機ELディスプレイの最表面から5cm高い位置での照度が1000Lxとなる条件下で、有機ELディスプレイにBGRカラーチャート画像を表示させた。表示したBGRカラー画像について、有機ELディスプレイの正面位置(面法線に対し0°)と、面法線に対し40°の斜め角度からの視認性を一般モニター10人により以下の基準に従って評価した。本発明では、△以上であれば実用上可と判断した。結果を表2に示す。
(Evaluation of visibility 1: color characteristics)
A BGR color chart image was displayed on the organic EL display under conditions where the illuminance was 1000 Lx at a
◎:9人以上のモニターが良好なBGRカラー画像であると判定した。
○:7~8人のモニターが良好なBGRカラー画像であると判定した。
△:5~6人のモニターが良好なBGRカラー画像であると判定した。
×:良好なBGRカラー画像であると判定したモニターが、4人以下であった。
A: Nine or more monitors were judged to be good BGR color images.
◯: It was determined that 7 to 8 monitors had good BGR color images.
Δ: It was determined that 5 to 6 monitors were good BGR color images.
X: The number of monitors judged to be good BGR color images was 4 or less.
(視認性の評価2:黒表示特性)
23℃、55%RHの環境で、有機ELディスプレイの最表面から5cm高い位置での照度が1000Lxとなる条件下で、有機ELディスプレイに黒画像を表示した。次いで、表示した黒画像について、有機ELディスプレイの正面位置(面法線に対し0°)と、面法線に対し40°の斜め角度からの黒画像の視認性を、一般モニター10人により以下の基準に従って評価した。なお、本発明では、△以上であれば実用上可と判断した。結果を表2に示す。
(評価基準)
○:7人以上のモニターが、表示された画像が黒であると判定した。
△:5~6人のモニターが、表示された画像が黒であると判定した。
×:表示された画像が黒であると判定したモニターが、4人以下であった。
(Visibility evaluation 2: black display characteristics)
In an environment of 23 ° C. and 55% RH, a black image was displayed on the organic EL display under the condition that the illuminance was 1000 Lx at a
(Evaluation criteria)
A: Seven or more monitors determined that the displayed image was black.
Δ: Five to six monitors determined that the displayed image was black.
X: The number of monitors judged to be black in the displayed image was 4 or less.
表1~2に示されるように、本発明の位相差フィルムは内部ヘイズが低く、透明性が良好であり、この位相差フィルムを用いて作製した円偏光板を用いた有機ELディスプレイは、色味や黒表示特性などの視認性に優れていることが判った。 As shown in Tables 1 and 2, the retardation film of the present invention has low internal haze and good transparency. An organic EL display using a circularly polarizing plate produced using this retardation film has a color It was found that it was excellent in visibility such as taste and black display characteristics.
本発明は、位相差フィルム、該位相差フィルムを用いて作製した円偏光板および有機ELディスプレイ等の技術分野において広く利用することができる。 The present invention can be widely used in technical fields such as a retardation film, a circularly polarizing plate produced using the retardation film, and an organic EL display.
Claims (6)
Ro550に対する波長450nmにおける面内位相差Ro450の比率(Ro450/Ro550)が、0.72~0.95であり、
波長650nmにおける面内位相差Ro650に対するRo550の比率(Ro550/Ro650)が、0.83~0.97であり、
長尺方向に対して遅相軸が10~80°の角度を有する位相差フィルムにおいて、
前記位相差フィルムが主たる成分として正の固有複屈折を有する樹脂を含有し、リタデーション上昇能と波長分散調整能とを有する添加剤と、負の固有複屈折を有する添加剤とを含有する位相差フィルム。 In-plane retardation Ro 550 at a wavelength of 550 nm is 100 to 155 nm,
The ratio of the in-plane retardation Ro 450 at a wavelength of 450 nm to Ro 550 (Ro 450 / Ro 550 ) is 0.72 to 0.95,
The ratio of Ro 550 to in-plane retardation Ro 650 at a wavelength of 650 nm (Ro 550 / Ro 650 ) is 0.83 to 0.97,
In a retardation film having a slow axis of 10 to 80 ° with respect to the longitudinal direction,
The retardation film contains a resin having positive intrinsic birefringence as a main component, and has an additive having retardation increasing ability and wavelength dispersion adjusting ability, and an additive having negative intrinsic birefringence. the film.
The organic electroluminescent display which has arrange | positioned the circularly-polarizing plate of Claim 5 in the visual recognition side.
Priority Applications (3)
| Application Number | Priority Date | Filing Date | Title |
|---|---|---|---|
| CN201380054915.4A CN104769463A (en) | 2012-10-15 | 2013-10-01 | Phase difference film, circular polarization plate and organic EL display manufactured using phase difference film |
| KR1020157007547A KR101748051B1 (en) | 2012-10-15 | 2013-10-01 | Phase difference film, circular polarization plate and organic el display manufactured using phase difference film |
| JP2014541921A JPWO2014061215A1 (en) | 2012-10-15 | 2013-10-01 | Retardation film, circularly polarizing plate produced using the retardation film, and organic EL display |
Applications Claiming Priority (2)
| Application Number | Priority Date | Filing Date | Title |
|---|---|---|---|
| JP2012-227565 | 2012-10-15 | ||
| JP2012227565 | 2012-10-15 |
Publications (1)
| Publication Number | Publication Date |
|---|---|
| WO2014061215A1 true WO2014061215A1 (en) | 2014-04-24 |
Family
ID=50487795
Family Applications (1)
| Application Number | Title | Priority Date | Filing Date |
|---|---|---|---|
| PCT/JP2013/005854 Ceased WO2014061215A1 (en) | 2012-10-15 | 2013-10-01 | Phase difference film, circular polarization plate and organic el display manufactured using phase difference film |
Country Status (4)
| Country | Link |
|---|---|
| JP (1) | JPWO2014061215A1 (en) |
| KR (1) | KR101748051B1 (en) |
| CN (1) | CN104769463A (en) |
| WO (1) | WO2014061215A1 (en) |
Cited By (3)
| Publication number | Priority date | Publication date | Assignee | Title |
|---|---|---|---|---|
| JP2019008327A (en) * | 2018-10-04 | 2019-01-17 | 日東電工株式会社 | Circularly polarizing plate for organic el display device, and organic el display device |
| US10634836B2 (en) | 2014-04-30 | 2020-04-28 | Nitto Denko Corporation | Circular polarizer for organic EL display device having laminated half wavelength plate and quarter wavelength plate, and organic EL display device |
| JP2022043726A (en) * | 2020-09-04 | 2022-03-16 | 旭化成株式会社 | Optically anisotropic styrene resin stretched film and manufacturing method therefor |
Families Citing this family (8)
| Publication number | Priority date | Publication date | Assignee | Title |
|---|---|---|---|---|
| KR20160106513A (en) * | 2015-03-02 | 2016-09-12 | 제이엔씨 주식회사 | Polymerizable liquid crystal composition and optically anisotropic film |
| JP6729106B2 (en) * | 2015-08-21 | 2020-07-22 | Jnc株式会社 | Polymerizable liquid crystal compound, composition and polymer thereof |
| KR102447695B1 (en) * | 2015-12-30 | 2022-09-26 | 엘지디스플레이 주식회사 | Polarizing plate and organic light emitting diode display including same |
| WO2018168861A1 (en) * | 2017-03-14 | 2018-09-20 | コニカミノルタ株式会社 | λ/4 PHASE DIFFERENCE FILM, CIRCULAR POLARIZING PLATE AND ORGANIC EL DISPLAY DEVICE |
| JP6935229B2 (en) * | 2017-05-16 | 2021-09-15 | 日東電工株式会社 | Circularly polarizing film, circularly polarizing film with adhesive layer and image display device |
| KR102812197B1 (en) * | 2017-12-20 | 2025-05-22 | 니폰 제온 가부시키가이샤 | Circular polarizing plate, long-length broadband λ/4 plate, organic electroluminescent display device and liquid crystal display device |
| KR102769663B1 (en) * | 2018-03-19 | 2025-02-17 | 니폰 제온 가부시키가이샤 | Phase difference film and method for producing phase difference film |
| KR102444973B1 (en) * | 2019-06-19 | 2022-09-19 | 삼성에스디아이 주식회사 | Polarizing plate and optical display including same |
Citations (2)
| Publication number | Priority date | Publication date | Assignee | Title |
|---|---|---|---|---|
| JP2008107767A (en) * | 2006-02-07 | 2008-05-08 | Fujifilm Corp | Optical film, retardation plate, and liquid crystal compound |
| WO2010074166A1 (en) * | 2008-12-26 | 2010-07-01 | 日本ゼオン株式会社 | Optical film, method for producing same and luminance improving film |
-
2013
- 2013-10-01 CN CN201380054915.4A patent/CN104769463A/en active Pending
- 2013-10-01 WO PCT/JP2013/005854 patent/WO2014061215A1/en not_active Ceased
- 2013-10-01 JP JP2014541921A patent/JPWO2014061215A1/en active Pending
- 2013-10-01 KR KR1020157007547A patent/KR101748051B1/en active Active
Patent Citations (2)
| Publication number | Priority date | Publication date | Assignee | Title |
|---|---|---|---|---|
| JP2008107767A (en) * | 2006-02-07 | 2008-05-08 | Fujifilm Corp | Optical film, retardation plate, and liquid crystal compound |
| WO2010074166A1 (en) * | 2008-12-26 | 2010-07-01 | 日本ゼオン株式会社 | Optical film, method for producing same and luminance improving film |
Cited By (4)
| Publication number | Priority date | Publication date | Assignee | Title |
|---|---|---|---|---|
| US10634836B2 (en) | 2014-04-30 | 2020-04-28 | Nitto Denko Corporation | Circular polarizer for organic EL display device having laminated half wavelength plate and quarter wavelength plate, and organic EL display device |
| JP2019008327A (en) * | 2018-10-04 | 2019-01-17 | 日東電工株式会社 | Circularly polarizing plate for organic el display device, and organic el display device |
| JP2022043726A (en) * | 2020-09-04 | 2022-03-16 | 旭化成株式会社 | Optically anisotropic styrene resin stretched film and manufacturing method therefor |
| JP7503974B2 (en) | 2020-09-04 | 2024-06-21 | 旭化成株式会社 | Optically anisotropic styrene-based resin stretched film and its manufacturing method |
Also Published As
| Publication number | Publication date |
|---|---|
| CN104769463A (en) | 2015-07-08 |
| KR101748051B1 (en) | 2017-06-15 |
| JPWO2014061215A1 (en) | 2016-09-05 |
| KR20150046279A (en) | 2015-04-29 |
Similar Documents
| Publication | Publication Date | Title |
|---|---|---|
| KR101748051B1 (en) | Phase difference film, circular polarization plate and organic el display manufactured using phase difference film | |
| JP5979283B2 (en) | Organic electroluminescence image display device | |
| KR101677866B1 (en) | Phase difference film, circularly polarizing plate, and image forming device | |
| JP6102738B2 (en) | ORGANIC ELECTROLUMINESCENCE DISPLAY DEVICE, MANUFACTURING METHOD FOR CIRCULAR POLARIZED PLATE, AND LONG λ / 4 PLATE | |
| TWI507418B (en) | A retardation film, an elongated circularly polarizing film and an organic LED display fabricated using the retardation film | |
| JP6699655B2 (en) | Method for producing obliquely stretched film | |
| WO2016152381A1 (en) | Method for producing obliquely stretched film | |
| JP6048349B2 (en) | Method for producing retardation film | |
| KR101662920B1 (en) | /4 phase difference film and method for producing same circularly polarizing plate and organic electroluminescent display device | |
| JP6056758B2 (en) | Organic EL display device | |
| KR101498440B1 (en) | λ/4 PHASE-SHIFTED FILM AND ORGANIC ELECTROLUMINESCENT IMAGE DISPLAY DEVICE | |
| JP6064590B2 (en) | Manufacturing method of optical film | |
| WO2013137123A1 (en) | λ/4 PHASE DIFFERENCE FILM, CIRCULARLY POLARIZING PLATE, AND ORGANIC ELECTROLUMINESCENT DISPLAY DEVICE | |
| JP5724847B2 (en) | Organic electroluminescence stereoscopic image display system | |
| JP5970781B2 (en) | Organic electroluminescence display device | |
| WO2014087593A1 (en) | Retardation film, circularly polarizing plate, and image display device | |
| JP2016018021A (en) | Circularly polarizing plate, organic electroluminescence display device, and manufacturing method for circularly polarizing plate |
Legal Events
| Date | Code | Title | Description |
|---|---|---|---|
| 121 | Ep: the epo has been informed by wipo that ep was designated in this application |
Ref document number: 13847838 Country of ref document: EP Kind code of ref document: A1 |
|
| ENP | Entry into the national phase |
Ref document number: 2014541921 Country of ref document: JP Kind code of ref document: A |
|
| ENP | Entry into the national phase |
Ref document number: 20157007547 Country of ref document: KR Kind code of ref document: A |
|
| NENP | Non-entry into the national phase |
Ref country code: DE |
|
| 122 | Ep: pct application non-entry in european phase |
Ref document number: 13847838 Country of ref document: EP Kind code of ref document: A1 |